We do not need to split binman, buildman, dtoc and patman test suite
runs into 3 jobs. Instead, run them as a single job.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way that some of the tests here are designed, they expect USER to be
set in the environment. This is not the case in the docker images, so
set a reasonable value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A previous commit...
commit 2a51e16bd5 ("configs: Make USE_TINY_PRINTF depend on SPL||TPL and be default")
...causes the System Firmware version string during SPL boot to no longer
getting printed to the console as expected. To fix this issue rework the
handling of that string to only use basic printf() syntax rather than
for example disabling CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF on affected devices, this
way maintaining most of the memory size benefit the initial patch brings
when it comes to SPL.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Do not fail if any of the requested subtypes are not available, but set the
number of resources to 0 and continue parsing the resource ranges.
Based on Linux kernel patch by Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Historically there have been various boot options, SPI flash,
NAND or NOR. The NOR flash is mutually exclusive with MMC, but
it isn't mutually exclusive with NAND or SPI Flash, so this patch
enables both NAND flash and SPI Flash when booting from NOR.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The configuration with NOR is mutually exclusive with MMC, and as
such, the filesystem commands were disabled. With the USB host
enabled, this patch enables the file system command which can
be executed on storage devices attached to the USB.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The current size allocated to U-Boot is 384k, but U-Boot has grown
to 436K which means that saving the environmental variables wipes
out part of the U-Boot source and the board ceases to function.
Due to the sector and erase size for the NOR part and a desire to
not have to change partition sizes often, this patch moves the
U-Boot environmental variables to an offset of 1M so saveenv
does not brick the board. This patch also sets up MTDIDS and
MTDPARTS to clearly show where U-Boot and U-Boot's environmental
variables are located.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
A previous patch for enabling the NAND config set a flag called
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT when it should have been called
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY. The affect this had was creating
a delay on startup for the NOR version which is XIP and doesn't have
SPL, so the lowlevel initialization functions need to operate.
This delay was not really noticeable at first, but the delays have been
getting longer, finally reached the point of nearly seven seconds
before the board would appear to start.
This patch sets the CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY instead which means
"The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the instruction cache) is still
performed" per the README. It doesn't appear to have any adverse
behavior on the SPI Flash or the NAND flash boards which use SPL.
Fixes: 93f3362762 ("ARM: configs: Add da850evm_nand to boot from NAND")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Enable support for Intel E1000 based PCIe ethernet cards that
can be used to test PCIe RC functionality on AM65x EVM.
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Add needed device-tree nodes to support PCIe 0
and SERDES on AM65x SoC. The nodes are kept
disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Add a new SERDES driver for TI's AM654x SoC which configures
the SERDES only for PCIe. Support fo USB3 can be added later.
SERDES in am654x has three input clocks (left input, external
reference clock and right input) and two output clocks (left
output and right output) in addition to a PLL mux clock which
the SERDES uses for Clock Multiplier Unit (CMU refclock).
The PLL mux clock can select from one of the three input
clocks. The right output can select between left input and
external reference clock while the left output can select
between the right input and external reference clock.
The driver has support to select PLL mux and left/right output
mux as specified in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Current dev_read_*() API lacks support to get address and size
of a "reg" property by name or index. Add support for the same.
Livetree support has been added but not tested on real hardware.
The existing unit tests testing reading address from device-tree
have been updated to test address as well as size.
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Add support for clk_is_match() which is required to
know if two clock pointers point to the same exact
physical clock.
Also add a unit test for the new API.
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Failure log for ti_sci_power_domain_on/off is as below:
"ti_sci_power_domain_on: get/set_device failed (-19)"
The above information is useless for debug without information
on what specific device access failed. So add that information as well.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This commit adds support for the B&R brsmarc1 SoM.
The SoM is based on TI's AM335x SoC.
Mainly vxWorks 6.9.4.x is running on the board,
doing some PLC stuff on various carrier boards.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
This patch disables DM watchdog support for SPL builds and uses
the legacy omap watchdog driver on TI AM335x chipsets.
The following build error is reported if DM watchdog support was
enabled in SPL:
CC spl/drivers/usb/gadget/rndis.o
LD spl/drivers/usb/gadget/built-in.o
LD spl/drivers/usb/musb-new/built-in.o
LD spl/drivers/built-in.o
LD spl/u-boot-spl
arm-linux-ld.bfd: u-boot-spl section .u_boot_list will not fit in region .sram
arm-linux-ld.bfd: region .sram overflowed by 440 bytes
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
Adjusted WATCHDOG_RESET macro accordingly. Earlier it was pointing
to hw_watchdog_reset. Since CONFIG_WATCHDOG replaces CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG,
now WATCHDOG_RESET macro points to watchdog_reset. This watchdog_reset
is not defined anywhere for am33xx/omap2 and needs to be defined. Fixed
this by simply calling hw_watchdog_reset in watchdog_reset.
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack), compile tested for
all other AM33xx/omap2 based boards.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
[trini: Fix watchdog.h logic]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The non-DM version of this driver used to set BAR0 register after the
calls to pci_set_region.
I found out that for some strange reason the ath10k driver in kernel
fails to work if this is done the other way around.
I know that Linux's driver should not depend on how U-Boot does things,
but for some strange reason it does and this seems to be the simplest
solution. Fix it since it caused regressions on Omnia.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Dirk Eibach <dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Cc: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Cc: VlaoMao <vlaomao@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds device tree and driver model watchdog support,
converts the legacy omap watchdog driver to driver model for
TI AM335x chipsets. The following compile warning is removed:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_WDT (DM watchdog support).
Please update the board to use CONFIG_WDT before the
v2019.10 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG is no more a default option for AM33XX devices
after DT/DM conversion, adjusted kconfig accordingly.
DM watchdog support is enabled by default in SPL. The SPL image
doesn't fit into SRAM because of size constraints and build breaks
with an overflow. For this reason DM watchdog support should be
disabled in SPL, driver code should be adjusted accordingly to serve
this purpose.
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack), compile tested
for all other AM33xx based boards.
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
The SPL for the Overo board does not initialise the MMC. Hence, it
cannot load the main boot loader from the SD card susequently. This
patch moves the initialisation code for the MMC so it gets included in
the SPL.
[trini: Add missing header]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Disable the PSCI_RESET reboot handler to permit handling the reboot
flag and calling the PSCI handler with the flag in parameter.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add support for fastboot_set_reboot_flag() by storing the reboot
flag in the common code to be used by the custom PSCI reboot handler.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The SEI510 board is based on the Amlogic S905X2 SoC
from the Amlogic G12A SoC family.
The board has the following specifications :
- Amlogic S905X2 ARM Cortex-A53 quad-core SoC
- XGB DDR4 SDRAM
- 10/100 Ethernet (Internal PHY)
- 1 x USB 3.0 Host
- eMMC
- SDcard
- Infrared receiver
- SDIO WiFi Module
The board default behaviour is for booting Android and triggers
fastboot on recovery or reboot mode.
USB vendor ID (used by fastboot) is 0x18d1 (Google) for
default udev rules for existing android users work out of the box.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Brunet <jbrunet@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Secure Monitor offers multiple services, like returning the
SoC unique serial number, and can provide the "reboot reason" as
set by the previous booted system.
This extends the Amlogic specific "sm" cmd with a "reboot_reason" subcommand
to print or set a specified environment variable with the reboot reason in
human readable format.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Secure Monitor offers multiple services, like returning the
SoC unique serial number, already used to generate an unique MAC
address.
This adds a new, Amlogic specific, "sm" cmd with a "serial" subcommand
to write the SoC unique serial to memory.
This "cm" command will be extended in further patches.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Import Linux 5.2-rc1 sei510 DT from 5f9e832c1370 ("Linus 5.3-rc1") for the
meson-g12a-sei510 board.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add Macronis SPI flash support - some Omnia routers are shipped with
this SPI flash chip.
Also add the memtest command to defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The mvgbe driver supports DM_ETH so switch these boards to using it.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This board is unmaintained and can be removed. This also allows us to
remove kmp204x-common.h and integrate it in kmp204x.h.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove the PORTL2 board and all its dependencies as it is no longer
supported by the company.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Activate the driver model for the Ethernet interface (RGMII) in the KM
Kirkwood Kconfig file. Additionally, raise the auto negotiation timeout
to eight seconds as more time is required for those boards.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Activate the driver model for the serial interface in the KM Kirkwood
Kconfig file. The associated preprocessor definitions could be removed
from the header file. However, the clock of 200 MHz needs to be declared
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A typo in the km_kirkwood.h header prevented to undefine the initialization
of the Kirkwood PCIe interface.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After moving the KM specific configurations to Kconfig, the associated
preprocessor definitions can now be removed in the headers. Moreover, the
whitelist has been adapted correspondingly.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To execute the conversion away from board specific header files, Kconfig
menus have been implemented for all KM boards and additionally for those
having an ARM architecture.
For the moment, the preprocessor definitions stay in the headers. The
boolean types, however, needed a modification (#define CONFIG_* 1).
The default configuration files of some boards required an update in order
to not change the currently defined values of the configurations.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This file has quite a lot of general definitions and include files. Add a
note about our intent to remove more of this.
The file should ultimately include the configuration and perhaps a very
other very common things used by most U-Boot files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file contains lots of internal details about the environment. Most
code can include env.h instead, calling the functions there as needed.
Rename this file and add a comment at the top to indicate its internal
nature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
[trini: Fixup apalis-tk1.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This header file is now only used by files that access internal
environment features. Drop it from various places where it is not needed.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This declaration is only used in three files. Although it relates to
malloc() it is actually only used during malloc() init. It uses CONFIG
options including CONFIG_ENV_ADDR which are defined only in environment.h
so this header must be included anyway, for TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN to be
correct.
Nove it to environment.h to simplify the common file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
There doesn't seem to be any good reason for using __ in the arguments in
this header file. A double underscore is usually reserved for compiler
features.
Drop these and remove the unnecessary 'extern' as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Avoid using a typedef here which is unnecessary. Add an 'env_' prefix to
both the enum and its members to make it clear that these are related to
the environment.
Add an ENV prefix to these two flags so that it is clear what they relate
to. Also move them to env.h since they are part of the public API. Use an
enum rather than a #define to tie them together.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an ENV prefix to these two flags so that it is clear what they relate
to. Also move them to env.h since they are part of the public API. Use an
enum rather than a #define to tie them together.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This typedef does not need to be defined in the search.h header since it
is only used in one file (hashtable.c). Remove it from the header and
change it to a struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot is not supposed to use typedef for structs anymore. Also this name
is the same as the ENTRY() macro used in assembler files, and 'entry'
itself is widely used in U-Boot (>8k matches).
Drop the typedef and rename the struct to env_entry to reduce confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These definitions are effectively part of the 'public' API of the
environment implementation since they do not require access to any
internal variables. Move them to the env.h header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This enum is somewhat widely used to determine if the environment is valid
or not. Move it to the common environment header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The name 'environment' is widely used in U-Boot so is not a very useful
name of a variable. Rename it to better indicate its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Move these functions to the new header file and rename set_default_env()
to env_set_default() so that it has a consistent env_ prefix.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is not defined or used in U-Boot. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move this function to the new header file and rename it so it has an env_
prefix.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function fits better with the network subsystem, so move it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move env_set_hex() over to the new header file along with env_set_addr()
which uses it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move envmatch() over to the new header file. Also rename it to env_match()
to better line up with other functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Move this function over to the new header file. Also rename it to have an
env_ prefix like the other functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
At present we have environment.h but this file includes all the
environment-related header files as well as internals such as
default_environment.
It seems desirable to have a new header to hold the commonly used
environment functions, so that most files can avoid including all of this
unnecessary stuff.
Create a new env.h header and move one function over to it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This function relates to lcd.h and is about to become obsolete with the
driver-model conversion. Move it out of common.h
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of the effort to remove things from common.h, create a new header
for the gzip functions. Move the function declarations to it and add
missing documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
1. Add myself as Android A/B and AVB maintainer
2. Add Sam Protsenko as Designated reviewer for A/B
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Add MAINTAINERS entry for HI3660 SoC by adding the arch includes.
While doing so, adding myself as the co-maintainer for HISILICON
SoCs since I'm planning to maintain HI3660 SoC separately and considering
doing improvements to the existing HiSilicon SoC architecture.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This commit adds MMC driver support for HI3660 SoC reusing hi6220_dw_mmc
driver. Since HI3660 operates at different clock rate and uses fifo
mode now, let's introduce the platform data and utilize it for different
SoCs supported by this driver.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This commit adds board support for Hikey960 board from Hisilicon. This
board is one of the Consumer Edition boards of the 96Boards family
powered by Kirin960 SoC.
More information about this board can be found in 96Boards website:
https://www.96boards.org/product/hikey960/
The initial supported/tested devices include:
- Debug serial
- SD
With these support, it's good enough for loading Linux Kernel from SD.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This commit adds devicetree for Hikey960 board. Most of the contents are
copied from Linux kernel with some modifications for u-boot. To be
more precise, SD card's speed related properties are removed due to a
bug in u-boot clock implementation. Hence forcing the SD controller to
work in standard speed.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
This implements a stack usage check in SPL.
Many boards start up SPL to run code + data from one common, rather small
SRAM. To implement a sophisticated SPL binary size limit on such boards,
the stack size (as well as malloc size and global data size) must be
subtracted from this SRAM size.
However, to do that properly, the stack size first needs to be known.
This patch adds a new Kconfig option:
- SPL_SYS_REPORT_STACK_F_USAGE: memset(0xaa) the whole area of the stack
very early and check stack usage based on this constant later before the
stack is switched to DRAM
Initializing the stack and checking it is implemented in weak functions,
in case a board does not use the stack as saved in gd->start_addr_sp.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Should use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED not IS_ENABLED for CLK driver, so it will
check the CONFIG_SPL_CLK when building SPL
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This fix issue when access config from PCIe switch.
The PCIe controller need to send Type 0 config TLP if the targeting bus
matches with the secondary bus number, which is when the TLP is targeting
the immediate device on the link.
The PCIe controller send Type 1 config TLP if the targeting bus is
larger than the secondary bus, which is when the TLP is targeting the
device not immediate on the link.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Hardware return completion status non-zero when read from non exist
function in multi-function PCIe device. Return error will cause PCIe
enumeration fail.
Change it to return 0 and return value 0xffffffff when error.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
giedi and deneb are i.MX8X based and have additional data with
WLAN MAC in factoryset container. Enable building for these
boards and adapt factoryset functions to set WLAN MAC and dtb
name in environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
For new boards we always enable DM_I2C. Extend factoryset functions
to support EEPROM reading on these boards.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
- Enable SD slot on Intel Edison
- Populate CSRT ACPI table for shared DMA controller on Intel Tangier
- Convert Intel ICH-SPI driver to use new spi-mem ops
- Enable config_distro_bootcmd for QEMU x86
- Support U-Boot as a payload for Intel Slim Bootloader
- Avoid writing temporary asl files into the source tree which fixes the
parallel build issue occasionally seen
Support the V1.2 hardware revision with the following pin muxing
changes:
Ddc_scl_pv4 and ddc_sda_pv5 previously used as Apalis GPIO3 and GPIO4
are now used as DDC pins.
Gen2_i2c_scl_pt5 and gen2_i2c_sda_pt6 previously used as DDC pins are
now used as USB power enable signals.
Usb_vbus_en0_pn4 and usb_vbus_en1_pn5 previously used as USB power
enable signals are now used as GPIO3 and GPIO4.
Additionally a new device tree file tegra124-apalis-v1.2-eval.dtb is
loaded on V1.2 and later modules and resp. USB power enable signals
activated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Remove video=tegrafb0:640x480-16@60 aka VESA VGA mode from vidargs in
order for the panel specification in the device tree to be used. This
causes the default to be the 10.1" LVDS display which will be available
in the Toradex webshop shortly.
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
By keeping RESET_MOCI_CTRL low we avoid explicitly releasing
RESET_MOCI#.
Please note that module hardware versions up to V1.1A will already
release RESET_MOCI# in hardware coming out of reset.
Please further note that with this change the USB hub on the Apalis
Evaluation board is kept in reset in U-Boot and therefore none of its
ports are operational in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
We never really added a sensible DFU configuration for platforms
based on eMMC. Most of the things one might want to do can also be done
with UMS or fastboot, so drop the DFU configuration.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This is a configuration option specific to the tegra controller.
Doing it this way makes it show up directly under the tegra controller
option, indented one level, as "Disable external clock loopback".
The way it is now, it shows up at the end of the controller list, not
indented, as if it's some kind of generic MMC configuration option.
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
For U-Boot we allow a GPIO to be specified to enable the codec. Add this
to the relevant binding files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This file was missed when adding the sound driver to U-Boot. Bring it in
from Linux 5.0.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
This file was missed when adding the sound driver to U-Boot. Bring it in
from Linux 5.0.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Add slimbootloader board to run U-boot as a Slim Bootloader payload
- Add new board/intel/slimbootloader directory with minimum codes
- Add slimbootloader configuration files
- Add doc/board/intel/slimbootloader.rst
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: add slimbootloader board MAINTAINERS file]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Slim Bootloader already calibrated TSC and provides it to U-Boot.
Therefore, U-Boot does not have to re-calibrate TSC.
Configuring tsc_base and clock_rate makes x86 tsc_timer driver bypass
TSC calibration and use the provided TSC frequency.
- Get TSC frequency from performance info hob
- Set tsc_base and clock_rate for tsc_timer driver
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Slim Bootloader provides serial port info thru its HOB list pointer.
All these HOBs are eligible for Slim Bootloader based board only.
- Get serial port information from the serial port info HOB
- Leverage ns16550 driver with slimbootloader specific platform data
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Slim Bootloader provides memory map info thru its HOB list pointer.
Configure memory size and relocation memory from the HOB data, and
provide e820 entries as well.
- Get memory size from the memory map info HOB
- Set available top memory lower than 4GB for U-Boot relocation
- Provide e820 entries from the memory map info HOB
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
FSP (CONFIG_HAVE_FSP) and Slim Bootloader (CONFIG_SYS_SLIMBOOTLOADER)
consume HOB (CONFIG_USE_HOB) data from the each HOB list pointer.
Add a common HOB library in lib/hob.c and include/asm/hob.h.
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use existing EFI_GUID and efi_guid_t instead of struct efi_guid.
This is pre-work before making a common HOB library.
- Change 'struct efi_guid' to efi_guit_t
- Remove 'struct efi_guid'
- Define GUIDs with EFI_GUID() macro
- Use guidcmp() instead of compare_guid()
- Remove compare_guid()
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested on MinnowMax
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This slimbootloader CPU type is to enable U-Boot as a payload which
runs on top of Slim Bootloader (https://github.com/slimbootloader).
The Slim Bootloader is designed with multi-stage architecture for
the execution from reset vector to OS booting, and supports QEMU,
Apollolake, Whiskeylake and Coffeelake platforms consuming Intel
FSP (https://github.com/IntelFsp) for silicon initialization
including CAR and memory initialization.
The Slim Bootloader generates new HOB (Hand Off Block) which are
serial port info, memory map info, performance data info and so on,
and passes it to a Payload. U-Boot as a payload will use these HOB
information for basic initialization such as serial console.
As an initial commit,
- Add CONFIG_SYS_SLIMBOOTLOADER to enable slimbootloader CPU type
- Add new arch/x86/cpu/slimbootloader directory with minimum codes
- Get hob_list pointer from Slim Bootloader
Signed-off-by: Aiden Park <aiden.park@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the introduction of the new spi-mem model operations changed
slightly. The new spi-mem operations make things a bit easier to
handle for ich-spi flash interface. This patch converts the ich-spi
driver by using spi-mem operations.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested on Intel CrownBay and MinnowMax
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: fix compiler warnings when building the driver for 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Remove a stray break which suppresses some debug messages.
Indicated by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the iasl tool (Intel ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface) Source Language Compiler) is called in such a way that it uses
the source directory for its temporary files.
This means we end up with these files when building x86 boards:
board/dfi/dfi-bt700/dsdt.aml
board/dfi/dfi-bt700/dsdt.asl.tmp
Update the code to put temporary files in the target directory instead.
The iasl tool is quite confusing since it generates files with different
extensions and does not allow these to be individually specified. Add some
documentation to help with this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: remove dsdt.hex from 'make clean' rules and correct U-Boot spelling]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Intel Tangier has a shared DMA controller that, according to Microsoft spec,
has to be presented in CSRT table.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ACPI has a capability to specify DMA parameters for DMA channel consumers.
To enable this for Intel Edison, describe GP DMA device in ACPI table
in order to get an ACPI handle to it in OS.
This works in conjunction with CSRT, which must be in align with DSDT.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Here is a stub function that generates an empty CSRT. If the target platform
provides acpi_fill_csrt() function, it will be used to populate the table.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With qemu-x86 starting to use config_distro_bootcmd, the pre-defined
ramboot and nfsboot commands do not work any more. This is caused by
undefined environment variable 'ramdiskaddr' that was previously set
in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS but later CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS was
redefined for distro boot.
Update the x86 generic CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS to consider distro
boot, and remove the one in qemu-x86.h.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Converts qemu x86 machines to boot using distro_config. The intent is to
allow u-boot in qemu to be maximally compatible with many boot methods
without having to change the config. Previously, u-boot would only boot
in a very limited set of circumstances where there was a /boot/vmlinuz
on scsi 0:3 with no ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Joshua Watt <JPEWhacker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: convert doc updates to reST]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable SD slot on Intel Edison platform.
By default firmware doesn't put device on active state. Thus,
we have to do this explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Add rk3399 boards Khadas Edge/-V/-Captain
- Add fully souce code support for rk3328 including TPL/DRAM init
- Enable boot from eMMC for rk3399 rock960/ficus boards
- turn on the IO supply for dw_mmc
Commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Vincent Tinelli <vincent.tinelli@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Test is using random command which has own Kconfig symbol CMD_RANDOM which
already depends on CMD_MEMORY. That's why replace cmd_memory by cmd_random.
Fixes: 09da18deab ("test/py: add MMC/SD block write test")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field. Move the mmc field initialization before sdhci_setup_cfg()
call to avoid crash on mmc pointer dereference.
[this patch is based on commit 41a9fab8da ("mmc: mv_sdhci: fix
uninitialized pointer deref on probe") by Baruch Siach]
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (on zcu102/zc706)
Select SPL_HS200_SUPPORT if SPL_HS400_SUPPORT is selected as is being
done for the U-boot case.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
dfu_prepare_function() allocates N+1 descriptor header structures,
the last one being the "DFU Functional Descriptor".
dfu_unbind() handles de-allocation, but fails to free the final
one (eg. "DFU Functional Descriptor"), leading to memory leak.
Fixed by incrementing counter, as in dfu_prepare_function().
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Registration of USB download gadget might fail for various reasons, so
add a check for g_dnl_register() funtion return value. Without this fix,
thor_init() will try to access the registered gadget structures resulting
in NULL pointer dereference issue.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
"slot-suffixes" variable was dropped in fastboot tool (in [1]). Let's
track AOSP/master and drop this variable in U-Boot as well.
[1] 42b18a518b
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
[lukma: Remove getvar_slot_suffixes() declaration]
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
commit 57faca19a8 ("drivers: USB: OHCI: allow compilation for 64-bit targets")
broke ohci support for the mpc85xx based socrates board,
as it removed volatile keyword from ohci_readl/writel.
Fix this so usb works again on socrates board.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
var ohci_pci_ids is only used if DM_USB is not enabled.
So define this varaible only if
!CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_USB)
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch will enable the MUSB driver to support mass storage
devices connected to the OTG port in host mode.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With the recently added phy driver, this patch will enable the
musb driver on the da8xx to operate in host mode.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
In preparation for supporting the musb driver, this patch
adds support for the usb phy associated with the musb driver.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This takes the latest changes from AOSP from the file
include/bootimg/bootimg.h from the repository:
https://android.googlesource.com/platform/system/tools/mkbootimg
and update the U-Boot version with the latest changes.
This file keeps the changes from AOSP to a minimum:
* Comments were converted from C++ to C style.
* Code inside __cplusplus #ifdef blocks were removed.
* C++11 struct extensions replaced with a single struct.
Signed-off-by: Alex Deymo <deymo@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
The Linux ramdisk should always be decompressed by the kernel itself,
not by U-Boot. Therefore, the 'compression' node in the FIT image should
always be set to "none" for ramdisk images, since the only point of
using that node is if you want U-Boot to do the decompression itself.
Yet some systems populate the node to the compression algorithm used by
the kernel instead. This used to be ignored, but now that we support
decompression of all image types it becomes a problem. Since ramdisks
should never be decompressed by U-Boot anyway, this patch adds a special
exception for them to avoid these issues. Still, setting the
'compression' node like that is wrong in the first place, so we still
want to print out a warning so that third-party distributions doing this
can notice and fix it.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Avoid to flush buffer when silent console is activated as the
console can be reactivate later, after relocation, when the env will
be updated with the saved one.
Solve issue (missing beginning of U-Boot trace) when:
- CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is activated
- silent=1 is defined in default environment (CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS)
- silent is removed in saved environment with:
> env delete silent; env save
Only functional when PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER is activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update the "silent" property with the variable "silent" get from
saved environment, it solves the issue when:
- CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE and CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV are activated
- silent is not defined in default environment
- silent is requested in saved environment with:
> env set silent 1; env save
On next reboot the console is not disabled as expected after relocation
and the environment load from flash (the callback is not called when
the INSERT is requested in the created hash table)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
When building U-Boot with AVB enabled, compiler shows next warnings:
cmd/avb.c: In function 'do_avb_read_pvalue':
cmd/avb.c:371:18: warning: format '%ld' expects argument of type
'long int', but argument 2 has type 'size_t'
{aka 'unsigned int'} [-Wformat=]
printf("Read %ld bytes, value = %s\n", bytes_read,
~~^ ~~~~~~~~~~
%d
cmd/avb.c: In function 'do_avb_write_pvalue':
cmd/avb.c:404:19: warning: format '%ld' expects argument of type
'long int', but argument 2 has type '__kernel_size_t'
{aka 'unsigned int'} [-Wformat=]
printf("Wrote %ld bytes\n", strlen(value) + 1);
~~^ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
%d
Fix those by using "%zu" specified.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
When having only these AVB related configs enabled:
CONFIG_AVB_VERIFY=y
CONFIG_CMD_AVB=y
CONFIG_LIBAVB=y
build fails with next errors:
common/avb_verify.c: In function 'read_persistent_value':
common/avb_verify.c:867:6: warning: implicit declaration of function
'get_open_session'
common/avb_verify.c:870:45: error: 'struct AvbOpsData' has no member
named 'tee'
common/avb_verify.c:894:7: warning: implicit declaration of function
'invoke_func'
common/avb_verify.c: In function 'write_persistent_value':
common/avb_verify.c:931:45: error: 'struct AvbOpsData' has no member
named 'tee'
Guard read_persistent_value() and write_persistent_value() functions
by checking if CONFIG_OPTEE_TA_AVB is enabled (as those are only used in
that case) to fix the build with mentioned configuration.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Fix the following Coverity warning:
CID 244086: Incorrect expression (BAD_COMPARE)
Comparing pointer "ep_bar" against NULL using anything besides == or
is likely to be incorrect.
Fixes: 914026d258 ("drivers: pci_ep: Introduce UCLASS_PCI_EP uclass")
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This adds high speed interface subsystem - hifsys (i.e. PCIe and USB)
for MT7623 SoC and enables its reset controller.
The control block is shared with ethsys and accordingly rename the
related defines.
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
if CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED, CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_ENCRYPTION and
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR_SHA256 are enabled in conjunction
with CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL and CONFIG_FSL_CAAM, we get the
Error when pressing a key while waiting for bootdelay:
Error: Address arguments are not aligned
CAAM was not setup properly or it is faulty
Reason is, that used variables are not cache aligned,
so malloc this variables cache aligned.
Probably this is also a bugfix for other hw accelerators
than CAAM.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Provide a concise description of the assert() macro. Point out that the
tested expression is always executed, irrespective of the value of _DEBUG.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The original mtk_qspi driver has been removed. We change MT7629 to use
newly added mtk-spimem driver.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Until now, binary TPL by Rockchip has been required for booting
procedure. Starting from this commit we may use only u-boot to boot
the device.
Note, that using binary TPL instead of U-boot TPL is still working.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This commits enables booting from eMMC when using SPL on 96Boards
Ficus board by adding SDHCI to boot order. Since the SDHCI driver
already has the reloc flag, this works straightaway. While we are at it,
let's also include the common u-boot dtsi for rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This commits enables booting from eMMC when using SPL on 96Boards
Rock960 board by adding SDHCI to boot order. Since the SDHCI driver
already has the reloc flag, this works straightaway. While we are at it,
let's also include the common u-boot dtsi for rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add devicetree support for Khadas Edge-Captain.
Khadas Captain is the carrier board for Khadas Edge.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- Dual-Channel 2GB/4GB LPDDR4
- SD card slot
- Onboard 16GB/32GB/128GB eMMC
- RTL8211FD 1Gbps
- AP6356S/AP6398S WiFI/BT
- HDMI Out, DP, MIPI DSI/CSI, eDP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- GPIO expansion ports
- Full 4 Lane M.2 Socket
- 16MB SPI Flash
- IR
- Programmable MCU
Commit details of rk3399-khadas-edge-*.dts sync from Linux 5.3-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add support for Khadas Edge/Edge-V/Captain boards"
(sha1: c2aacceedc86af87428d998e23a1aca24fd8aa2e)
Signed-off-by: Nick Xie <nick@khadas.com>
Tested-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add devicetree support for Khadas Edge-V.
Khadas Edge-V is a Khadas VIM form factor Rockchip RK3399 board.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- Dual-Channel 2GB/4GB LPDDR4
- SD card slot
- Onboard 16GB/32GB/128GB eMMC
- RTL8211FD 1Gbps
- AP6356S/AP6398S WiFI/BT
- HDMI Out, DP, MIPI DSI/CSI, eDP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- GPIO expansion ports
- Full 4 Lane M.2 Socket
- 16MB SPI Flash
- IR
- Programmable MCU
Commit details of rk3399-khadas-edge-*.dts sync from Linux 5.3-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add support for Khadas Edge/Edge-V/Captain boards"
(sha1: c2aacceedc86af87428d998e23a1aca24fd8aa2e)
Signed-off-by: Nick Xie <nick@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add devicetree support for Khadas Edge.
Khadas Edge is an expandable Rockchip RK3399 board with goldfinger.
Specification
- Rockchip RK3399
- Dual-Channel 2GB/4GB LPDDR4
- Onboard 16GB/32GB/128GB eMMC
- RTL8211FD 1Gbps
- AP6356S/AP6398S WiFI/BT
- HDMI Out, DP
- USB 3.0, 2.0
- USB Type C power and data
- 16MB SPI Flash
- Programmable MCU
Commit details of rk3399-khadas-edge-*.dts sync from Linux 5.3-rc2:
"arm64: dts: rockchip: Add support for Khadas Edge/Edge-V/Captain boards"
(sha1: c2aacceedc86af87428d998e23a1aca24fd8aa2e)
Signed-off-by: Nick Xie <nick@khadas.com>
Tested-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
DMA for MMCs can be enabled, since the previous patch fixes
the following issue in SPL:
Trying to boot from MMC1
spl: mmc init failed with error: -110
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch cleans up some coding style related issues in the mtk_wtd
driver to make this driver comply again with the U-Boot coding style
standards.
The only minimal functional change is that the timeout parameter is now
passed in (u64) instead of (unsigned int) from mtk_wdt_start() to
mtk_wdt_set_timeout(), preserving the original value.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Shannon Barber <sbarber@dataspeedinc.com>
Cc: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Cc: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
The BCM2835/2836 watchdog is not used in mainline U-Boot at all. This
patch removes the driver and its references (CONFIG_BCM2835_WDT)
completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Paolo Pisati <p.pisati@gmail.com>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc2
With this pull request a workaround for GRUB on 32bit ARM is re-enabled
and made customizable. Without the patch booting on ARM 32bit with GRUB
prior to version 2.04 or with a cache which is not managed via CP15
fails.
Further work will be needed to achieve a UEFI compliant cache handling.
According to the UEFI spec all caches except those that cannot be
managed via CP15 should be enabled.
An implementation of the ConvertPointer() runtime service is provided.
efi_crt0 is always rebuild to avoid having to call 'make mrproper' when
switching architectures.
Mirror the qemu-riscv64 testing we do on Travis. Update to a newer
Docker image that contains riscv64-softmmu for QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of copying the logic from Travis to GitLab I kept the TOOLCHAIN
variable. However we don't use that now as the Docker container already
has all toolchains so we don't need to do any downloading. Remove this
variable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add comments for this function. Also remove the #ifdef around it so that
it can be called from 'if (IS_ENABLED(...))'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the variable to the top of the file and adjust the code which uses it
to use if() rather than #ifdef, to make it easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since this is part of the autoboot functionality, it makes sense to name
it with an AUTOBOOT prefix. No mainline boards use it so this should be
safe, and downstream boards will need to adjust.
Since this option is just an integer value, it really needs another option
to control whether the feature is enabled or not. Add a new
CONFIG_USE_AUTOBOOT_MENUKEY for that. This fits better with how things are
done with Kconfig, avoiding the need to use a specific value to disable
the feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not defined by any board. We could use CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
instead perhaps, but this depends on CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED which is not
used for the single-key case.
So let's just remove CONFIG_MENUPROMPT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have two functions named __autoboot() which do different
things. This is confusing. Fix it by using if() instead of #ifdef for
selecting the functions, and renaming them to meaningful names.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use if() instead for this option, renaming the two different
passwd_abort() functions to indicate their purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This CONFIG option is only present if CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_ENCRYPTION is
enabled so it cannot be used in code without that #ifdef. But we want to
reduce the use of #ifdef in this file and in particular to avoid having
two different functions both named passwd_abort() but which do different
things.
In preparation for this, create an intermediate value which is set to an
empty string if there is no value for CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR_SHA256.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT
CONFIG_PREBOOT
Both are together in one commit, since otherwise the former causes kconfig
to define the latter, which gives duplicate symbol errors.
Includes a manual fixup for CONFIG_PREBOOT in ids8313_defconfig since the
backslash lands in the wrong place. Similarly with socfpga_vining_fpga.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to use CONFIG_PREBOOT with Kconfig, CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT must be
defined for each board. To prepare for conversion to Kconfig, add this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function name indicates that it does something, but its entire
operation is actually condition on a CONFIG. Move the condition outside
the function so this is clearer, and use if() instead of #ifdef, like the
reset of the file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- sync Amlogic G12A DT with linux 5.3-rc1
- add support for 4GiB DRAM memory
- add support for Amlogic G12B based Odroid-N2
- small duplicate logic fix for gxbb clock driver
This reverts commit 877ab2423b.
The above patch was designed to shrink code by only pin-muxing items
needed for SPL in SPL and relying on driver model or SPL to mux other
items. Unfortunately, da850evm_direct_nor doesn't use SPL so items
that were only muxed during SPL are not muxed causing the board
to no longer boot.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The array bounds have to be checked before accessing the array element.
Identified by cppcheck.
Fixes: 67ac6ffaee ("mtd: nand: davinci: add opportunity to write keystone U-boot image")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With the removal of da850_am18xxevm, there is at least one
whitelisted CONFIG option that can be deleted. This patch
removes CONFIG_DA850_AM18X_EVM since it's not required any more
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
In attempts to speed up SPL and reduce size, the MDIO pin muxing
was inadvertently affected. Since the ethernet driver will setup
the pin muxing when ethernet is loaded, this patch will also
pinmux the MDIO pins at the same time. Once an DM compatible
MDIO driver is available, this can be removed.
Fixes: 877ab2423b ("ARM: davinci: da850: Manual pinmux only
when PINCTRL not available")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This patch adds SPI and SPI_FLASH DM support for verified boot on
TI AM335 chipsets. The following compile warning is removed:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_SPI_FLASH before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack).
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
This patch adds BLK and DM support for verified boot on TI AM335x
chipsets. The following compile warnings are removed:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
BLK and DM_MMC are enabled by default in SPL as well, which is
making the build to break with an overflow(spl image doesn't
fit into SRAM because of size constraints).
LD spl/drivers/built-in.o
LD spl/u-boot-spl
arm-linux-ld.bfd: u-boot-spl section .u_boot_list will not fit in region .sram
arm-linux-ld.bfd: region .sram overflowed by 116 bytes
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
For the above reason BLK and DM_MMC is disabled in SPL.
Built and tested on AM335x device (BeagleboneBlack).
Signed-off-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
The K3 System Controller driver is used for loading and starting
the System Firmware, and is used only on R5 SPL. It need not be
enabled and built for the A72 U-Boot and SPL, so disable it from
the j721e_evm_a72 defconfig.
While at this, also remove the unneeded CONFIG_SPL_REMOTEPROC and
CONFIG_CMD_REMOTEPROC as no remoteprocs are now loaded from A72 SPL.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
The K3 System Controller driver is used for loading and starting
the System Firmware, and is used only on R5 SPL. It need not be
enabled and built for the A53 U-Boot and SPL, so disable it from
both the GP and HS AM65x A53 defconfigs.
While at this, also remove the unneeded CONFIG_SPL_REMOTEPROC and
CONFIG_CMD_REMOTEPROC as no remoteprocs are now loaded from A53 SPL.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The commit 355be915ed ("arm: dts: k3-am654: Update power-domains
property for each node") has updated the power-domain cells value
and updated power-domains property in various existing dts nodes but
missed updating the cpsw_nuss node. This results in the following
build warning, fix this.
arch/arm/dts/k3-am654-base-board.dtb: Warning (power_domains_property): /interconnect@100000/interconnect@28380000/cpsw_nuss@046000000:power-domains: property size (8) too small for cell size 2
arch/arm/dts/k3-am654-r5-base-board.dtb: Warning (power_domains_property): /interconnect@100000/interconnect@28380000/cpsw_nuss@046000000:power-domains: property size (8) too small for cell size 2
Fixes: 355be915ed ("arm: dts: k3-am654: Update power-domains property for each node")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The MTDPARTS currently lists just u-boot.ais as 512k in size.
This works when loading the ais file via serial port, but if one
wanted to update just the u-boot portion, it's not really possible.
This patch splits the MTDPARTS into a 32k SPL partiion and a 480k
u-boot partition which allows u-boot.img to be burned to the u-boot
partition. The remaining partitions are left with the same sizes
and offsets to not break backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
We are going to implement DTBO partition for BeagleBoard X15 further. To
support this, 'dtimg' command must be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
It is essential to have an access to BCB area of 'misc' partition on
Android devices [1]. For BeagleBoard X15 the 'bcb' command will be
further used for reboot reason implementation and booting to recovery.
It can be also used for debugging reasons, like checking RescueParty
messages in BCB area.
[1] doc/android/bcb.txt
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
"fastboot flashall" expects "fastboot getvar product" value to be one of
values provided in android-info.txt file (in AOSP), from "require
board=" list. Before this patch, "am57xx" is returned for all AM57xx
based boards, as it's set in $board env var from SYS_BOARD in
board/ti/am57xx/Kconfig file, which is used for default implementation
of "fastboot getvar product".
In order to fix that inconsistency, let's do next:
1. In U-Boot: override fastboot.product, reusing the value from
$board_name
2. In AOSP: provide values for all AM57xx boards we can use to
device/ti/beagle_x15/board-info.txt file
This way requirements check in "fastboot flashall" will work as
expected, verifying that user tries to flash images to the board which
those images were built for.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
In case of Android boot, reboot reason can be written into BCB (usually
it's an area in 'misc' partition). U-Boot then can obtain that reboot
reason from BCB and handle it accordingly to achieve correct Android
boot flow, like it was suggested in [1]:
- if it's empty: perform normal Android boot from eMMC
- if it contains "bootonce-bootloader": get into fastboot mode
- if it contains "boot-recovery": perform recovery boot
The latter is not implemented yet, as it depends on some features that
are not implemented on TI platforms yet (in AOSP and in U-Boot).
[1] https://marc.info/?l=u-boot&m=152508418909737&w=2
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
First thing we check in meson_clk_set_rate_by_id() is current_rate == rate.
There is not need to check it again.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
ODROID-N2 is a single board computer manufactured by Hardkernel Co. Ltd
with the following specifications:
- Amlogic S922X ARM Cortex-A53 dual-core + Cortex-A73 quad-core SoC
- 4GB DDR4 SDRAM
- Gigabit Ethernet
- HDMI 2.1 4K/60Hz display
- 40-pin GPIO header
- 4 x USB 3.0 Host, 1 x USB OTG
- eMMC, microSD
- Infrared receiver
The board directory is W400, the name of the Amlogic Reference Design
of Amlogic G12B with Gigabit boards, which will be used for similar
boards.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
When configured with 4GiB DRAM size, only 3.8GiB is available, the
I/O beeing mapped in the last 256MiB of the first 4GiB physical memory/
First fixup the mm_region to handle the first 3.8GiB as memory and the
last 256MiB as I/O.
Then limit the real memory reported by the firmware to the available
physical space, 3.8GiB aligned with the mm_region memory zone size.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Import HardKernel Odroid-N2 DT from Linux 5.3-rc1, commit 5f9e832c1370
("Linus 5.3-rc1") based on an Amlogic G12B S922X SoC.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Sync the Amlogic Meson G12A DT and Bindings file with the Linux 5.3-rc1
from the commit 5f9e832c1370 ("Linus 5.3-rc1").
Also remove the meson-g12a-u-boot.dtsi and meson-g12a-u200-u-boot.dtsi,
now conflicting with the main DT content.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The comment about init op being NULL used to be next to the NULL check
code. Commit 8ca51e51c1 ("dm: mmc: Add a way to use driver model for
MMC operations") separated the comment from the code. Put them back
together.
Fixes: 8ca51e51c1 ("dm: mmc: Add a way to use driver model for MMC operations")
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When reading large data in once (reading 512MiB is tested on MT7623), a
watchdog timeout is triggered due to watchdog not being fed.
This patch adds WATCHDOG_RESET() to msdc_start_data() so the watchdog will
be fed every 1024 blocks are read/written.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Since commit 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for
sdhci-caps-mask") sdhci_setup_cfg() expects a valid sdhci_host mmc
field. Move the mmc field initialization before sdhci_setup_cfg()
call to avoid crash on mmc pointer dereference.
Fixes: 3d296365e4 ("mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask")
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Add a standalone MMC block write test. This allows direct testing of MMC
access rather than relying on doing so as a side-effect of e.g. DFU or
UMS testing, which may not be enabled on all platforms.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When support Clock Common Framework, U-Boot use dev for
clk tree information, there is no clk->parent. When
support composite clk, it contains mux/gate/divider,
but the mux/gate/divider is not binded with device.
So we could not use dev_get_uclass_priv to get the correct
clk_mux/gate/divider. So add clk_dev_binded to let
choose the correct method.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
- fix EDID mode filtering
- extend mxc_ipuv3_fb to enable backlight/display
- include fb_base in global_data for DM_VIDEO
- show frame buffer address via board info
as used to be with legacy VIDEO support
Xilinx/FPGA changes for v2019.10
fpga:
- Xilinx virtex2 cleanup
- Altera cyclon2 cleanup
zynq:
- Minor Kconfig cleanup
- Add psu_init configuration for Z-turn board
zynqmp:
- Add support for pmufw config passing to PMU
- script for psu_init conversion
- zcu1275 renaming
xilinx:
- Add support for UltraZed-EV SoM
Use efi_uintn_t where the UEFI spec uses UINTN. Use efi_uintn_t also for
the result of the division of two efi_uintn_t.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We read the address map before assigning the memory for the pages that will
be mapped to virtual addresses. So these pages will overlap with the entry
for EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY. We have to ensure that every page is described
at most once in the map.
Remove EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY from the map that we pass to
SetVirtualAddressMap().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Change the UEFI documentation to Sphinx style and integrate it into the
rest of the Sphinx generated documentation.
Remove the inaccurate TODO list in doc/uefi/uefi.rst.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
make htmldocs produces a warning:
./cmd/efidebug.c:733: WARNING: Unexpected indentation.
Correct the indentation.
Remove 'See above for details of sub-commands.' which is not helpful in the
Sphinx generated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When changing the architecture without calling 'make clean' a subsequent
make fails with
lib/efi_loader/efi_crt0.o: file not recognized: File format not recognized
Force efi_crt0.o to be always rebuild.
Reported-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
GRUB on ARM 32bit prior to version 2.04 lacks proper handling of caches.
In U-Boot v2019.04 a workaround for this was inadvertently removed.
The workaround is currently also needed for booting on systems with caches
that cannot be managed via CP15 (e.g. with an i.MX6 CPU).
Re-enable the workaround and make it customizable.
Fixes: f69d63fae2 ("efi_loader: use efi_start_image() for bootefi")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
xilinx_zynqmp_mini configuration is throwing build error:
readlink: missing operand
Try 'readlink --help' for more information.
because CONFIG_ZYNQMP_SPL_PM_CFG_OBJ_FILE is not defined at all and
Makefile pass ifneq condition. Add SPL_BUILD dependency which is also
reflected in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In cmd/fpga.c the commands should return enum command_ret_t, e.g.
CMD_RET_USAGE, CMD_RET_SUCCESS, or CMD_RET_FAILURE. What they actually
do is passing a return value from different 'fpga_' functions.
Passing on a return value of -1 from a called function leads to printing
out usage text. In case of actually correct usage with correctly
specified parameters but some fail at runtime printing out that usage
text is distracting.
The reason is most 'fpga_' functions return either FPGA_SUCCESS or
FPGA_FAIL, the latter was equal to -1 which is the same value as
CMD_RET_USAGE. So just passing on FPGA_FAIL lead to printing out usage.
We should only return CMD_RET_USAGE in cases, where the user sent wrong
input. Every other case should return CMD_RET_SUCCESS or
CMD_RET_FAILURE, and not simply pass an error code.
Simply changing FPGA_FAIL from -1 to 1 gets the job done.
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
As already done for the 'pre' function, a check is added to not follow a
NULL pointer, if somebody has not assigned a 'post' function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Nothing special, but done before further cleanup.
* spacing
* braces
* __FUNCTION__ → __func__
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
There seems to be only one place, where this is checked against:
`altera_validate()`. It should be non zero. Otherwise it is only used to
display it, so it probably does not really matter at the moment. But we
had the datasheet open anyway …
Sizes in datasheet are bit counts, display here is in bytes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
The board was added without adding a MAINTAINERS entry.
Fixes:
$ ./tools/genboardscfg.py -f
WARNING: no status info for 'avnet_ultrazedev_cc_v1_0_ultrazedev_som_v1_0'
WARNING: no maintainers for 'avnet_ultrazedev_cc_v1_0_ultrazedev_som_v1_0'
$
Reported-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This adds support for slave serial programming, in addition to the
previously supported slave SelectMAP mode. There are two ways that this
can be used:
-Using the clk and wdata callbacks in order to write image data one bit
at a time using pure bit-banging. This works, but is rather painfully
slow with typical image sizes.
-By specifying the wbulkdata callback instead, the image loading process
can be offloaded to SPI hardware. In this mode the clk and wdata
callbacks do not need to be specified. This allows the image to be
loaded much faster, taking only a few seconds with even relatively large
images.
Slave serial programming has been tested on the Kintex-7 series of
FPGAs.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Some Xilinx FPGA configuration options can result in the startup
sequence extending past the end of the FPGA bitstream. Continue applying
CCLK clock cycles for 8 cycles after DONE is asserted in order to ensure
the startup sequence is complete, as recommended by Xilinx.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This is in preparation for adding slave serial programming support,
which uses the same pre/post operations as slave SelectMAP, to avoid
duplicating code.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add an option to allow this driver to be selected with Kconfig. As noted
in the description, this driver should also work with many newer Xilinx
FPGA families as the programming methods are essentially the same.
Also added a missing FPGA_XILINX dependency to the similar Spartan 3
driver.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Address Checkpatch warnings in virtex2 code prior to making other
changes. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancock@sedsystems.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Avnet UltraZed-EV Starter Kit is composed by the UltraZed-EV SoM and the
only publicly-available compatible carrier card. The SoM is based on the EV
version of the Xilinx ZynqMP SoC+FPGA.
The psu_init_gpl.c file has been generated from the board definition files
at [0] using Vivado 2018.3 and then minimized by
tools/zynqmp_psu_init_minimize.sh. Manually removed serdes init code since
it is not mentioned in device tree and fixed a checkpatch error.
[0] 3686c9ff7d/ultrazed_7ev_cc/1.1
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This script transforms a pair of psu_init_gpl.c and .h files produced by
the Xilinx Vivado tool for ZynqMP into a smaller psu_init_gpl.c file that
is almost checkpatch compliant.
Based on a script by Michal Simek.
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Fixes sparse warnings when building zynqmp defconfigs:
./board/xilinx/zynqmp/xil_io.h:12:6: warning: symbol 'Xil_Out32' was not declared. Should it be static?
./board/xilinx/zynqmp/xil_io.h:17:5: warning: symbol 'Xil_In32' was not declared. Should it be static?
./board/xilinx/zynqmp/xil_io.h:22:6: warning: symbol 'usleep' was not declared. Should it be static?
Also add __maybe_unused to usleep() since it is not used by minimized
psu_init_gpl.c files, so it would warn as "defined but not used".
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The recently-added ZYNQMP_SPL_PM_CFG_OBJ_FILE option allows SPL to load a
PMUFW configuration object from a binary blob. However the configuration
object is produced by Xilinx proprietary tools as a C source file and no
tool exists to easily convert it to a binary blob in an embedded Linux
build system for U-Boot to use.
Add a simple Python script to do the conversion.
It is definitely not a complete C language parser, but it is enough to
parse the known patterns generated by Xilinx tools, including:
- defines
- literal integers, optionally with a 'U' suffix
- bitwise OR between them
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Optionally allow U-Boot to load a configuration object into the Power
Management Unit (PMU) firmware on Xilinx ZynqMP.
The configuration object is required by the PMU FW to enable most SoC
peripherals. So far the only way to boot using U-Boot SPL was to hard-code
the configuration object in the PMU firmware. Allow a different boot
process, where the PMU FW is equal for any ZynqMP chip and its
configuration is passed at runtime by U-Boot SPL.
All the code for Inter-processor communication with the PMU is isolated in
a new file (pmu_ipc.c). The code is inspired by the same feature as
implemented in the Xilinx First Stage Bootloader (FSBL) and Arm Trusted
Firmware:
* fb647e6b4c/lib/sw_apps/zynqmp_fsbl/src/xfsbl_misc_drivers.c (L295)
* c48d02bade/plat/xilinx/zynqmp/pm_service/pm_api_sys.c (L357)
SPL logs on the console before loading the configuration object:
U-Boot SPL 2019.07-rc1-00511-gaec224515c87 (May 15 2019 - 08:43:41 +0200)
Loading PMUFW cfg obj (2008 bytes)
EL Level: EL3
...
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Name of this platform has changed and released to customers that's why
name has also changed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Series-to: uboot
This Kbuild option disappeared way back in 2014:
commit 75504e9592
Author: Mateusz Zalega <m.zalega@samsung.com>
Date: Wed Apr 30 13:07:48 2014 +0200
... snip ...
CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK was removed.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When an image is signed/encrypted on K2 devices the image may get padded
to meet alignment requirements for the signature/encryption type. The
original size is appended as 4 bytes little-endian to the end of the
final image.
Normally the trailing extra bytes are ignored and so restoring the
exact original size is not important. In the case of initrd the
original size is important as the kernel uses it to look for
additional filesystem data and can do the wrong thing when the
size is not correct.
Read off the original size and report it back from the image post
processing stage.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Now that we have enabled the driver-model in SPL, we can remove the
code disabling NAND self-init in SPL from the config include for
omapl138-lcdk.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM and enable the driver model for serial by defining
an appropriate device in the board file for da850-lcdk.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
We're working towards enabling the driver-model in SPL for da850-lcdk.
Enable CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF in defconfig to reduce SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
We're working towards enabling the driver model in SPL for da850-lcdk.
Enable SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE in defconfig to reduce SPL size.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Enable the driver-model on da850-evm. We need to add a dummy nand node
to the device tree, as the real nand node is a sub-node of the aemif
device.
On linux the aemif driver populates all its child nodes, but we can't do
it in u-boot currently.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #da850-evm
Enable the driver-model on da850-lcdk. We need to add a dummy nand node
to the device tree, as the real nand node is a sub-node of the aemif
device.
On linux the aemif driver populates all its child nodes, but we can't do
it in u-boot currently.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Extend the davinci NAND driver to support the driver model. For now this
doesn't add any device-tree parsing due to the fact that we can't access
the actual nand node on the device-tree - it's a subnode of the aemif
device and we don't have an aemif driver on davinci at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
The following warning is emited when building u-boot for da850-lcdk:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SPI. Please update
the board before v2019.04 for no dm conversion
and v2019.07 for partially dm converted drivers.
Failure to update can lead to driver/board removal
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_SPI_FLASH before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
While we could fix it by selecting CONFIG_DM_SPI, there's no need to
build it at all as SPI is disabled on da850-lcdk. Remove all unneeded
options from the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There are no more users of the compatibility layer for i2c. Remove the
driver and all references to it.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There are no more "real" users of CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT and we'll soon
remove it altogether. Stop building it in sandbox mode.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This option is no longer used on any davinci board but still selected
in defconfigs which causes the following warning:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board uses CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT. Please remove
(possibly in a subsequent patch in your series)
before sending patches to the mailing list.
====================================================
Remove all references to CONFIG_DM_I2C_COMPAT from davinci.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This board has been abandonded for a while. I do not have this hardware
and nobody has appeared to notice and/or care that it's orphaned.
Since much of this code is inserted into the da850evm code base, removing
it from support will make da850evm support easier going forward.
This patch removes the da850_am18xxevm_defconfig, README references to this
board and the reference to this board from the MAINTAINERS list.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add a condition to the break in the modes lookup, without this
when the first mode is not valid, then edid_get_timing_validate()
return an error instead of checking the next modes.
Fixes: 1c1ed441b0 ("edid: add edid_get_timing_validate() variant to filter out edid modes")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
binman only accepts the -D argument early on the command-line, yet the
Makefile currently passes it near the end. This causes the build to fail
if this feature is used. Re-order the command-line to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'replace' command to binman to permit entries to be replaced, either
individually or all at once (using a filter).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code has three distinct phases:
1. The image is loaded and the state module is set up
2. The entry is written to the image
3. The image is repacked and written back to the file
Split the code out with three separate functions, one for each phase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present some tests leave behind output directories. This happens
because some tests call binman, which sets up an output directory, then
call it again, which sets up another output directory and leaves the
original one behind.
Fix this by using a separate temporary directory when binman is called
twice, or by manually removing the output directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the state module holds references to all the device trees used by
binman, it must be updated when the device trees are updated. Add support
for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present outdir remains set ever after the output directory has been
removed. Fix this to avoid trying to access it when it is not present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present binman cannot replace data within a CBFS since it does not
allow rewriting of the files in that CBFS. Implement this by using the
new WriteData() method to handle the case.
Add a header to compressed data so that the amount of compressed data can
be determined without reference to the size of the containing entry. This
allows the entry to be larger that the contents, without causing errors in
decompression. This is necessary to cope with a compressed device tree
being updated in such a way that it shrinks after the entry size is
already set (an obscure case). It is not used with CBFS since it has its
own metadata for this. Increase the number of passes allowed to resolve
the position of entries, to handle this case.
Add a test for this new logic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this method assumes that the parent section does not need
to recalculate its position or adjust any metadata it may contain. But
when the entry changes size this may not be true. Also if the parent
section is more than just a container (e.g. it is a CBFS) then the
section may need to regenerate its output.
Add a new WriteChildData() method to sections and call this from the
WriteData() method, to handle this situation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we simply extract the data directly from entries using the
image_pos information. This happens to work on current entry types, but
cannot work if the entry type encodes the data in some way. Update the
ReadData() method to provide the data by calling a new ReadChildData()
method in the parent. This allows the entry_Section class, or possibly
any other container class, to return the correct data in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Intel descriptor must always appear at the start of an (x86) image,
so it is supposed to position itself there always. However there is no
explicit test for this. Add one and fix a bug introduced by the recent
change to adjust Entry to read the node in a separate call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The FMAP is not intended to show the files inside a CBFS. The FMAP can be
used to locate the CBFS itself, but then the CBFS must be read to find out
what is in it.
Update the FMAP to work this way and add some debugging while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function appears to copy only the data before the struct
region and the data in the string region. It does not seem to copy the
struct region itself.
>From the arguments of this function it seems that it should support fdt
and buf being different. This patch attempts to fix this problem.
Upstream commit: c72fa77 libfdt: Copy the struct region in fdt_resize()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes an entry may shrink after it has already been packed. In that
case we must repack the items. Of course it is always possible to just
leave the entry at its original size and waste space at the end. This is
what binman does by default, since there is the possibility of the entry
changing size every time binman calculates its contents, thus causing a
loop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes entries shrink after packing. As a start towards supporting
this, update the _testing entry to handle the test case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far we don't allow entries to change size when repacking. But this is
not very useful since it is common for entries to change size after an
updated binary is built, etc.
Add support for this, respecting the original offset/size/alignment
constraints of the image layout. For this to work the original image
must have been created with the 'allow-repack' property.
This does not support entry types with sub-entries such as files and
CBFS, but it does support sections.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The positioning does not currently work correctly if at the end of an
image with no fixed size. Also if the header is in the middle of an image
it can cause a gap in the image since the header position is normally at
the image end, so entries after it are placed after the end of the image.
Fix these problems and add more tests to cover these cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that an Image is an Entry_section, there is no need for the separate
BuildSection() function. Drop it and add a bit of logging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When reading an image in, write its fdtmap to a file in the output
directory. This is useful for debugging. Update the 'ls' command to set up
the output directory; otherwise it will fail.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is not possible to discover the contraints to repacking an
image (e.g. maximum section size) since this information is not preserved
from the original image description.
Add new 'orig-offset' and 'orig-size' properties to hold this. Add them to
the main device tree in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While it is useful and efficient to build images in a single pass from a
unified description, it is sometimes desirable to update the image later.
Add support for replace an existing file with one of the same size. This
avoids needing to repack the file. Support for more advanced updates will
come in future patches.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present EnsureCompiled() uses an file from the 'output' directory (in
the tools module) when compiling the device tree. This is fine in most
cases, allowing useful inspection of the output files from binman.
However in functional tests, _SetupDtb() creates an output directory and
immediately removes it afterwards. This serves no benefit and just
confuses things, since the 'official' output directory is supposed to be
created and destroyed in control.Binman().
Add a new parameter for the optional temporary directory to use, and use a
separate temporary directory in _SetupDtb().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When updating an existing image where the size of all entries remains the
same, we should not need to regenerate the fdtmap. Update the entry to
return the same fdtmap as was read from the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We use this same combination of properties several times in tests. Add a
constant for it to avoid typos, etc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have an 'image' property in the entry for this purpose, but
this is not necessary and seems error-prone in the presence of
inheritance. Add a function instead. The Entry_section class overrides
this with a special version, since top-level sections are in fact images,
since Image inherits Entry_section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the Entry constructor sets up the object and then immediately
reads its device-tree node to obtain its properties.
This breaks a convention that constructors should not do any processing.
A consequence is that we must pass all arguments to the constructor and
cannot have the node-reading proceed in a different way unless we pass
flags to that constructor. We already have a 'test' flag in a few cases,
and now need to control whether the 'orig_offset' and 'orig_size'
properties are set or not.
Adjust the code to require a separate call to ReadNode() after
construction. The Image class remains as it was.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since binman supports multiple images it is useful to know which one
created the image that has been read. Then it is possible to look up that
name in the 'master' device tree (containing the description of all
images).
Add a property for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we want to access the Entry object for a particular device
tree. This allows us to read its contents or update it. Add this
information to output_fdt_files and provide a function to read it.
Also rename output_fdt_files since its name is no-longer descriptive.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these state functions raise an exception if they cannot find
what is requested. But in some cases the information is optional (e.g. an
fdtmap in a coming patch) so it is better to return gracefully.
Update these two functions to return None when the data cannot be found.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When modifying an image it is convenient to load the data from the file
into each entry so that it can be reprocessed. Add a new LoadData() method
to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This data provides all the information about the position and size of each
entry. Store it for later use when loading an image. It can be reused as
is if the image is modified without changing offsets/sizes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function currently fails if the root node is requested. Requesting
the root node is sometimes useful, so fix the bug.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is confusing when something goes wrong with a device tree which was
created from data rather than a file, since there is no identifying
filename. Add an option to provide this. Use the filename as the name,
where available
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present a Python exception is raised which does not show the node
information. Add a more helpful exception in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new logging feature to log information about progress with
packing. This is useful to see how binman is figuring things out.
Also update elf.py to use the same feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this excludes the device tree passed in to binman since it
is always returned first by GetAllFdts(). However, this is easy to ensure
by adding a check in that function. Change this dict to includes all
device trees, and rename it to fdt_set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It makes more sense to use entry type as the key for this dictionary,
since the filename can in principle be anything. Make this change and also
rename fdt_files and add a comment to explain it better.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the FDTs are keyed by their default filename (not their actual
filename). It seems easier to key by the entry type, since this is always
the same for each FDT type.
To do this, add a new Entry method called GetFdtEtype(). This is necessary
since some entry types contain a device tree which are not the simple
three entry types 'u-boot-dtb', 'u-boot-spl' or 'u-boot-tpl'.
The code already returns a dict for GetFdt(). Update the value of that
dict to include the filename so that existing code can work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function name conflicts with Fdt.Node.GetFdt() which has a different
purpose. Rename it to avoid confusion.
The new name suggests it is indexed by entry type rather than filename.
This will be tidied up in a future commit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function name conflicts with Entry.GetFdts() which has a different
purpose. Rename it to avoid confusion. Also update a stale comment
relating to this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function returns a set of device-tree filenames. It has no
way of returning the actual device-tree object. Change it to a dictionary
so that we can add this feature in a future patch.
Also drop fdt_set since it is no-longer used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Further reduce the size of the main Binman() function by moving this setup
code into its own function.
Note that the 'images' value is accessed from other modules so must be made
a global.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present tout writes directly to stdout. This is not necessary and it
prevents tests from redirecting output. Change it to use print() for the
non-progress output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we check the filename to see if an entry holds a device-tree
file. It is easier to use the base class designed for this purpose.
Move this method implementation into Entry_blob_dtb and update the default
one to return an empty set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present 'dtoc -t' return a success code even if some of the tests fail.
Fix this by checking the test result and setting the exit code. This
allows 'make qcheck' to function as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Packed structures like struct uuid are not aligned. GCC 9.1 therefore
throws an error when trying to compile gen_rand_uuid().
lib/uuid.c: In function ‘gen_rand_uuid’:
lib/uuid.c:244:2: error: converting a packed ‘struct uuid’ pointer
(alignment 1) to a ‘unsigned int’ pointer (alignment 4) may result in
an unaligned pointer value [-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
244 | unsigned int *ptr = (unsigned int *)&uuid;
| ^~~~~~~~
Generate the uuid in a properly aligned buffer.
The byte order of a random number should not matter. Do not call
cpu_to_be32() to change the byte order.
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The pumpkin board is made by Gossamer Engineering and is using
a MediaTek SoC. The board currently comes in two available version:
MT8516 SoC and MT8167 SoC.
The board provides the following IOs: eMMC, NAND, SD card, USB type-A,
Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Audio (jack out, 2 PDM port, 1 analog in),
serial over USB, and an expansion header.
Additionally there is a HDMI port, DSI port, and camera port only
on the MT8167 version of the board.
The board can be powered by battery and/or via a USB Type-C port and
is using a PMIC MT6392.
The eMMC and NAND are sharing pins and cannot be used together.
This commit is adding the basic boot support for the Pumpkin MT8516
board on the eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
Fix the following warning when CONFIG_PINCONF=n:
drivers/pinctrl/mediatek/pinctrl-mtk-common.c:35:36:
warning: ‘mtk_drive’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
static const struct mtk_drive_desc mtk_drive[] = {
^~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Fabien Parent <fparent@baylibre.com>
recently added gpio hog patch was "in discussion"
state with Simon Glass. This patch now adds most
of comments from Simon Glass.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
commit 49116e6d23 ("doc: arch: Convert README.sandbox to reST")
Moves README.sandbox to doc/arch.
Replace all the existing instances to point to the right documentation
file.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Linker generated array entry is not needed when the command line is
disabled. Remove this code in that case.
This is required as the commit 80a48dd47e
breaks the linking stage when CONFIG_CMDLINE=n:
..
LDS u-boot.lds
LD u-boot
u-boot contains unexpected relocations: R_ARM_NONE
R_ARM_RELATIVE
make: *** [Makefile:1775: checkarmreloc] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Andrej Rosano <andrej.rosano@f-secure.com>
These board index.rst files are missing in previous html doc patch
series, hence it causes some build warnings. Add those files.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When generating the Sphinx documentation with command 'make htmldocs' the
U-Boot logo is displayed with a black box as a background.
Remove the black box.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This patch adds support for an optional optimization to compatible
string matching where the compatible string property from the root node
of the kernel FDT can be copied into the configuration node of the FIT
image. This is most useful when using compressed FDTs or when using FDT
overlays, where the traditional extraction of the compatible string from
the kernel FDT itself is not easily possible.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds support for compressing non-kernel image nodes in a FIT
image (kernel nodes could already be compressed previously). This can
reduce the size of FIT images and therefore improve boot times
(especially when an image bundles many different kernel FDTs). The
images will automatically be decompressed on load.
This patch does not support extracting compatible strings from
compressed FDTs, so it's not very helpful in conjunction with
CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH yet, but it can already be used in environments
that select the configuration to load explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Upcoming patches want to add decompression to use cases that are no
longer directly related to booting. It makes sense to retain a single
decompression routine, but it should no longer be in bootm.c (which is
not compiled for all configurations). This patch moves
bootm_decomp_image() to image.c and renames it to image_decomp() in
preparation of those upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
[trini: Fix warning around handle_decomp_error being unused]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Clean up and migrate to use common rockchip spl board file
- Clean up and migrate to use common rockchip board file
- Increase rk3288 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN to 16MB
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use board_early_init_f() for per-board init operation and
use board_init() from common board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Handle per-board init in board_early_init_f() and use the
common board_init() for per-platform board init later.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288_detect_reset_reason() is per-SoC operation, move
it to rk3288.c, and extend the rk_board_late_init() with
rk3288_board_late_init() to make all the board works fine
as before.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The veyron_init() should go to its board file veyron.c,
and the board_early_init_f() could be the right place.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use common board file for board_init() and board_late_init(),
for Rockchip SoCs have very similar process.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add common board file for Rockchip SoCs to avoid too much
copy-paste work for different SoCs.
This board file in charge for common board_init() and board_late_init()
in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use "snps,dwc2" for compatible name and and common variable
names so that we can share the common code for all SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The fastboot_set_reboot_flag() update a TAG into a register
for next boot, use the common macro for the register so that
we can re-use the function for different SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3399 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add a board_early_init_f() in board_init_f() and move the board
specific init code into its own board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move boot_devices definition into rk3399.c, so that we can
share the common code for board_spl_was_booted_from().
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3368 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3328 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE so that we can use the stimer
init function in tpl.c and spl.c
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
"u-boot,spl-boot-order" is more flexible and other rockchip SoCs
has convert to use it, migrate to use the new dts property.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We are using "u-boot,spl-boot-order" now and re-use the
definition from rk3288-u-boot.dtsi, so remove it directly here.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3288 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Only firefly-rk3288 has the dts node "u-boot,boot-led",
while CONFIG_SPL_LED is not enable, move code to firefly-rk3288
now in case someone need this code.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update to fix warning:
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/uboot@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/optee@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /images/fdt@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
u-boot.itb.tmp: Warning (unit_address_vs_reg): Node /configurations/conf@1
has a unit name, but no reg property
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk322x has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3188 has similar boot flow in SPL with other Rockchip SoCs,
migrate to use common spl board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
SPL bootrom support is a boot device just like mmc and etc,
use formal boot device instead of jump to bootrom directly.
Enable the Kconfig by default if ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Init CPU frquency in clock driver instead of in SPL board file,
this will help for use common board file later.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The common spl board file handles board_init_f() in SPL,
and with board_early_init_f() and arch_cpu_init() callback,
other operateion after board_init_f() should go to board specific
spl_board_init().
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the ddc-i2c-bus device tree property which allows
for using an external i2c master for reading the display's EDID.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schulze <me@jns.io>
Add support for the new mode_valid() display op to filter out unsupported
display DMT timings.
This is useful when connected to 4k displays, since we only support DMT
monitors up to 1920x1080, the 4k native timings are discarded to select
supported timings.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Introduce a new display op, mode_valid() to be used with the newly
introduced edid_get_timing_validate() function, to filter supported
monitor timings if handled by the display driver.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The original edid_get_timing() function returns the first valid timing,
but on some plaforms, we could only supports a subset of the listed
monitot's navite timing.
Let's introduce a edid_get_timing_validate() adding a mode_valid callback
including a private cookie pointer.
If the callback returns false, the current timing is discared and the next
one is checked. If no valid & supported timings are found, the function
would return an error.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
in case of bmp_logo, the video_bmp driver is used for
drawing a bmp logo. This driver supports only "full"
bmp data. Adding a logo with the bmp_logo tool to
u-boot binary adds currently only real data and drops
the bmp header.
This patch adds now the full bmp data to the u-boot
binary, so video_bmp driver works with the logo embedded
into u-boot.
Fixed also some checkpatch error poping up with this
patch.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Provide proper display timings for lcdif node, used by mxsfb DM_VIDEO
enabled framebuffer driver.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
1. This fixes linking issues when building with DM_VIDEO enabled mxsfb
driver.
2. Provide proper defines for both VIDEO=y and DM_VIDEO=y.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Add dumb node for NXP Display Control Unit0(DCU), which permits DM_ENABLED
converted driver to be probed. Currently no display timings are provided
in this node.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Extend the driver to build with DM_VIDEO enabled. DTS files
must additionally include 'u-boot,dm-pre-reloc' property in
soc and child nodes to enable driver binding to fsl_dcu_fb device.
Currently display timings aren't obtained from DT.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Move dcu-related code to fsl_dcu_probe_common, keep in video_hw_init()
only legacy video stack (filling GraphicPanel struct etc.).
Add wrappers for all init functions, that will let to provide
struct fb_info as an additional param (needed for further moving it from
the global scope to driver private data struct in DM converted driver).
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
ttyO2 console enables legacy CONFIG_SERIAL_OMAP driver in kernel.
Nowadays it's preferred to use the generic CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_OMAP
driver, which being enabled via ttyS2 console. Both drivers are enabled
in multi_v7_defconfig and in omap2plus_defconfig, for compatibility
reasons. Let's switch to ttyS2 console, to be sure that standard 8250
serial driver is used.
Similar behavior can be also achieved by enabling
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_OMAP_TTYO_FIXUP option in kernel, but it's better not
to rely on that, as it can be disabled or removed after transitional
period.
Right now on DRA7/AM57x platforms the 8250-omap driver is being probed
first, and omap-serial driver is only probed if the first one failed.
It can be seen from uart3 definition in arch/arm/boot/dts/dra7-l4.dtsi:
compatible = "ti,dra742-uart", "ti,omap4-uart";
So the kernel already uses 8250 driver. This change basically allows
kernel developers to throw away the omap-serial driver and associated
compatibility options. Similar discussions [1,2] have started several
years ago, so it should be safe to do that now.
[1] https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/6198471/
[2] http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Sitara_Linux_UART_-_Switching_to_8250_Driver
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
[trini: Update omap5_uevm]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
linux-mainline with multi_v7_defconfig + Android configs takes more
space than regular TI Android kernel and bootm will fail to load it.
Let's increase max kernel size up to 64 MiB to make it possible to run
such kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The DA8850-evm supports DM_I2C and boots with SPL_DM, so we can
drop some of the code which disables DM_I2C in SPL. This
patch removes some #undef's now rendered obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The SOM-LV and Torpedo boards are very similar, but something
happened growing SPL enough to break the Torpedo. The SOM-LV
board were not doing alias sequencing during SPL and they
continue to work while something broke the Torpedo. This
patch disables SPL_DM_SEQ_ALIAS allowing it to boot again.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
OHCI was added with DM_USB support, so there are a few unneeded
items in the header file that can be removed. This also
unifies da850evm with NOR and NAND booting options so all have
OHCI support.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Migrate da850_am18xxevm]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch enables the pinmuxing to support gpio_57 for phy reset
and fixes the pinmuxing for the ECHI tranceiver. The clocks
don't appear to by fully enabled yet, so OMAP-EHCI on am3517 is
still not yet working, but we're one step closer.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The OMAP35 and AM/DM37 Torpedo boards do not have a USB
tranceiver connected to the USB host port, so this patch
removes it from the defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The SOM-LV boards support the OMAP EHCI driver using port 2.
With the driver updated to support device tree, this patch sets
the corresponding pin muxing for the tranceiver as well as the
reset pin.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With both SPL and U-Boot now supporting DM, we can start removing
legacy code. This patch removes the legacy MMC initalization and
legacy I2C initialization since both are now available via DM and
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Like the other Logic PD OMAP35/DM37 boards, this board has device
tree enabled for U-Boot. This patch converts the board to enable
SPL_OF_CONTROL and further shrinks the device tree in SPL to limit
it to UART3 (console), MMC1, i2c1, and GPIO4 (for mmc1 CD and WP).
There appears to be a bug in minicom so users may need to
switch the minicom terminal emulation to ANSI from VT102 due
to the junk that gets pushed out of the UART on startup.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
arch_cpu_init() initializes the pinmuxing which is called fairly
early in the start sequences, so the board_init function doesn't
need to do it again. This patch removes the call from board_init.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The Low Level init functions start the UART, so it doesn't need
to happen during board_init. This patch removes it from
board_init.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The reset line going to the ethernet controller is controlled
by a global reset controlling multiple peripherals. There
is no need to manually invoke the reset.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The PBIAS regulator is available on OMAP3's, and it's shared on
the AM35, so this patch enables that in U-Boot along with GPIO
based regulators.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Update the MMC2_HS200_MANUAL1 iodelay values to match with the latest
dra76x data manual[1].
Also this particular pinctrl-array is using spaces instead of tabs for
spacing between the values and the comments. Fix this as well.
[1] http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/dra76p.pdf
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
If UHS speed modes are enabled, a compatible SD card switches down to 1.8V
during enumeration. If after this a software reboot/crash takes place and
on-chip ROM tries to enumerate the SD card, the difference in
IO voltages (host @ 3.3V and card @ 1.8V) may end up damaging the card.
The fix for this is to have support for power cycling the card in
hardware (with a PORz/soft-reset line causing a power cycle of the card).
Because the beaglebone X15 (rev A,B and C), am57xx-evms and am57xx-idks don't
have this capability, disable voltage switching for these boards.
The major effect of this is that the maximum supported speed mode is now
high speed(50 MHz) down from SDR104(200 MHz).
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Sync with kernel dts by adding pinmuxes for mmc1 and mmc2. This fixes an
issue where mmc2 (eMMC) was coming up in HS52 mode instead of the
highest DDR52 mode.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
During a short period when the bus voltage is switched from 3.3v to 1.8v,
(to enumerate UHS mode), the mmc module is disabled and the mmc IO lines
are kept in a state according to the programmed pad mux pull type.
According to 4.2.4.2 Timing to Switch Signal Voltage in "SD Specifications
Part 1 Physical Layer Specification Version 5.00 February 22, 2016", the
host should hold CLK low for at least 5ms.
In order to keep the card line low during voltage switch, the pad mux of
mmc1_clk line should be configured to pull down.
Add a new pinctrl group for clock line without pullup to be used in boards
where mmc1_clk line is not connected to an external pullup.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add initial defconfig support for J721e that runs on A72.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS entry]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add initial defconfig support for J721e that runs on R5.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS file]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Common Processor board is the baseboard that has most of the actual connectors,
power supply etc. A SOM (System on Module) is plugged on to the common
processor board and this contains the SoC, PMIC, DDR and basic highspeed
components necessary for functionality. Add initial dt support for this
common processor board.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add pinctrl macros for J721E SoC. These macro definitions are
similar to that of AM6, but adding new definitions to avoid
any naming confusions in the soc dts files.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
The j721e 4 bit instances don't have a hard DLL and therefore don't need
any DLL related configurations. Split the compatibles into an 8 bit and a
4 bit one. Add a private flags field which can be used to check if the
DLL is present and don't register the set_ios_post callback for the 4 bit
compatible instances.
Also update the compatibles in k3-j721e-main.dtsi to avoid breaking boot
with the new compatibles.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Create a ft_board_setup() api that gets called as part of
DT fixup before jumping to kernel. In this ft_board_setup()
call fdt_fixup_msmc_ram that update msmc sram node.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The A72 U-Boot code loads and boots a number of remote processors
including the C71x DSP, both the C66_0 and C66_1 DSPs, and the various
Main R5FSS Cores. Change the memory attributes for the DDR regions used
by the remote processors so that the cores can see and execute the
proper code.
A separate table based on the current AM65x table is added for J721E SoCs,
since the number of remote processors and their DDR usage will be different
between the two SoC families.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Use the System Firmware (SYSFW) loader framework to load and start
the SYSFW as part of the J721E early initialization sequence. While
at it also initialize the MCU_UART0 pinmux as it is used by SYSFW
to print diagnostic messages.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Populate the release_resources_for_core_shutdown() api with
shutting down r5 cores so that it will by called just after
jumping to ATF.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Obtain the boot index as left behind by the device boot ROM and store
it in scratch pad SRAM for later use before it may get overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
To access various control MMR functionality the registers need to
be unlocked. Do that for all control MMR regions in the MCU and MAIN
domains. We may want to go back later and limit the unlocking that's
being done.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
J721E allows for booting from primary or backup boot media.
Both media can be chosen individually based on switch settings.
ROM looks for a valid image in primary boot media, if not found
then looks in backup boot media. In order to pass this boot media
information to boot loader, ROM stores a value at a particular
address. Add support for reading this information and determining
the boot media correctly.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
The J721E SoC belongs to the K3 Multicore SoC architecture platform,
providing advanced system integration to enable lower system costs
of automotive applications such as infotainment, cluster, premium
Audio, Gateway, industrial and a range of broad market applications.
This SoC is designed around reducing the system cost by eliminating
the need of an external system MCU and is targeted towards ASIL-B/C
certification/requirements in addition to allowing complex software
and system use-cases.
Some highlights of this SoC are:
* Dual Cortex-A72s in a single cluster, three clusters of lockstep
capable dual Cortex-R5F MCUs, Deep-learning Matrix Multiply Accelerator(MMA),
C7x floating point Vector DSP, Two C66x floating point DSPs.
* 3D GPU PowerVR Rogue 8XE GE8430
* Vision Processing Accelerator (VPAC) with image signal processor and Depth
and Motion Processing Accelerator (DMPAC)
* Two Gigabit Industrial Communication Subsystems (ICSSG), each with dual
PRUs and dual RTUs
* Two CSI2.0 4L RX plus one CSI2.0 4L TX, one eDP/DP, One DSI Tx, and
up to two DPI interfaces.
* Integrated Ethernet switch supporting up to a total of 8 external ports in
addition to legacy Ethernet switch of up to 2 ports.
* System MMU (SMMU) Version 3.0 and advanced virtualisation
capabilities.
* Upto 4 PCIe-GEN3 controllers, 2 USB3.0 Dual-role device subsystems,
16 MCANs, 12 McASP, eMMC and SD, UFS, OSPI/HyperBus memory controller, QSPI,
I3C and I2C, eCAP/eQEP, eHRPWM, MLB among other peripherals.
* Two hardware accelerator block containing AES/DES/SHA/MD5 called SA2UL
management.
* Configurable L3 Cache and IO-coherent architecture with high data throughput
capable distributed DMA architecture under NAVSS
* Centralized System Controller for Security, Power, and Resource
Management (DMSC)
See J721E Technical Reference Manual (SPRUIL1, May 2019)
for further details: http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruil1
Add base support for J721E SoC
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
k3_rproc driver is specifically meant for controlling an arm64
core using TISCI protocol. So rename the driver, Kconfig symbol,
compatible and functions accordingly.
While at it drop this remoteproc selection for a53 defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Update the k3_rproc driver to use the generic ti_sci_proc helper
apis which simplifies the driver a bit.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Texas Instruments' K3 generation SoCs has specific modules/register
spaces used for configuring the various aspects of a remote processor.
These include power, reset, boot vector and other configuration features
specific to each compute processor present on the SoC. These registers
are managed by the System Controller such as DMSC on K3 AM65x SoCs.
The Texas Instrument's System Control Interface (TI-SCI) Message Protocol
is used to communicate to the System Controller from various compute
processors to invoke specific services provided by the firmware running
on the System Controller.
Add a common processor control interface header file that can be used by
multiple remoteproc drivers. The helper functions within this header file
abstract the various TI SCI protocol ops for the remoteproc drivers, and
allow them to request the System Controller to be able to program and
manage various remote processors on the SoC. The common macros required
by the R5 remoteproc driver were also added. The remoteproc drivers are
expected to manage the life-cycle of their ti_sci_proc_dev local
structures.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
'rproc list' is currently allowed only after probing all the
available remoteproc devices. Given that 'rproc init' is updated
to probe and initialize devices individually, allow the 'rproc list'
command to print all probed devices at any point.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
'rproc init' does the probe and initialization of all the available
remoteproc devices in the system. This doesn't allow the flexibility
to initialize the remote cores needed as per use case. In order
to provide flexibility, update 'rproc init' command to accept one
more parameter with rproc id which when passed initializes only
that specific core. If no id is passed, command will initializes
all the cores which is compatible with the existing behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Update the power-domain-cells to 2 and add the permissions
to each node. Mark the following nodes accessed by r5 as shared:
- DDR node
- main uart 0
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
TISCI protocol supports for enabling the device either with exclusive
permissions for the requesting host or with sharing across the hosts.
There are certain devices which are exclusive to Linux context and
there are certain devices that are shared across different host contexts.
So add support for getting this information from DT by increasing
the power-domain cells to 2.
For keeping the DT backward compatibility intact, defaulting the
device permissions to set the exclusive flag set. In this case the
power-domain-cells is 1.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
TISCI protocol supports for enabling the device either with exclusive
permissions for the requesting host or with sharing across the hosts.
There are certain devices which are exclusive to Linux context and
there are certain devices that are shared across different host contexts.
So add support for getting this information from DT by increasing
the power-domain cells to 2.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Certain drivers want to attach private data corresponding to each
power domain. This data might be specific be to the drvier. So add
a priv entry into the power_domain structure.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Rather than simply parking the R5 core in WFE after starting up ATF
on A53 instead use SYSFW API to properly shut down the R5 CPU cores
as well as associated timer resources that were pre-allocated. This
allows software further downstream to properly and gracefully bring
the R5 cores back online if desired.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Any host while requesting for a device can request for its exclusive
access. If an exclusive permission is obtained then it is the host's
responsibility to release the device before the software entity on
the host completes its execution. Else any other host's request for
the device will be nacked. So add a command that releases all the
exclusive devices that is acquired by the current host. This should
be used with utmost care and can be called only at the end of the
execution.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add and expose a new processor shutdown API that wraps the two TISCI
messages involved in initiating a core shutdown. The API will first
queue a message to have the DMSC wait for a certain processor boot
status to happen followed by a message to trigger the actual shutdown-
with both messages being sent without waiting or requesting for a
response. Note that the processor shutdown API call will need to be
followed up by user software placing the respective core into either
WFE or WFI mode.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Sysfw provides an option for requesting exclusive access for a
device using the flags MSG_FLAG_DEVICE_EXCLUSIVE. If this flag is
not used, the device is meant to be shared across hosts. Once a device
is requested from a host with this flag set, any request to this
device from a different host will be nacked by sysfw. Current tisci
driver enables this flag for every device requests. But this may not
be true for all the devices. So provide a separate commands in driver
for exclusive and shared device requests.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
boot_devices may defined in soc file, and used in board file,
we need to delear it in header file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The boot source from BootRom is store at a fix offset of IRAM,
update to use the common macro instead of rk3399 specific one.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip SoCs have internal sram for bootrom data area and for
sdram init program space. Introduce the base address in case
we need to use it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32 already defined in
rockchip_common.h, no need to define again in soc
level header.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN is 0x800000 i.e, 8MB which
causes board reset because of larger uImage size.
This was tested on rk3288 Amarula Vyasa and rk3288 Asus Tinker
boards.
Error log snippet:
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x1f00000
Loading Kernel Image ... Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
resetting ...
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
H3/H5 can either use the internal phy or an external one.
Before getting clock and resets for the internal phy,
test that we are using it because otherwise it break emac
when using an external phy.
Tested-on: OrangePi PC2 (H5)
Fixes: 2348453c41 (net: sun8i_emac: Add EPHY CLK and RESET support)
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@freebsd.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Now that we removed all legacy boards selecting TI_EMAC we can
completely convert the driver code to using the driver model.
This patch also updates all remaining users of davinci_emac.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #am3517-evm & da850-evm
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
We typically use same set of distro images (yocto, debian, fedora, etc.)
on both QEMU RISC-V virt machine and SiFive Unleashed board.
With growing kernel and ramdisk images, we need to re-adjust default
U-Boot environment variables. The config header for QEMU RISC-V virt
machine has been already updated to handle bigger kernel and ramdisk
images hence this patch updates SiFive FU540 config header accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Tested-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Instead of depending on CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN, we check at runtime
whether underlying system is little-endian or big-endian. This way
we are not dependent on any U-Boot specific OR compiler specific macro
to check system endianness.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The SiFive MACB ethernet has a custom TX_CLK_SEL register to select
different TX clock for 1000mbps vs 10/100mbps.
This patch adds SiFive MACB compatible string and extends the MACB
ethernet driver to change TX clock using TX_CLK_SEL register for
SiFive MACB.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The LS1021A-TSN is a development board built by VVDN/Argonboards in
partnership with NXP.
It features the LS1021A SoC and the first-generation SJA1105T Ethernet
switch for prototyping implementations of a subset of IEEE 802.1 TSN
standards.
Supported boot media: microSD card (via SPL), QSPI flash.
Rev. A of the board uses a Spansion S25FL512S_256K serial flash, which
is 64 MB in size and has an erase sector size of 256KB (therefore,
flashing the RCW would erase part of U-Boot).
Rev. B and C of the board use a Spansion S25FL256S1 serial flash, which
is only 32 MB in size but has an erase sector size of 64KB (therefore
the RCW image can be flashed without erasing U-Boot).
To avoid the problems above, the U-Boot base address has been selected
at 0x100000 (the start of the 5th 256KB erase sector), which works for
all board revisions. Actually 0x40000 would have been enough, but
0x100000 is common for all Layerscape devices.
eTSEC3 is connecting directly to SJA1105 via an RGMII fixed-link, but
SJA1105 is currently not supported by uboot. Therefore, eTSEC3 is
disabled.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoliang Yang <xiaoliang.yang_1@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Mingkai Hu <mingkai.hu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jianchao Wang <jianchao.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Changming Huang <jerry.huang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
[Vladimir] Code taken from https://github.com/openil/u-boot (which
itself is mostly copied from ls1021a-iot) and adapted with the following
changes:
- Add a008850 errata workaround
- Converted eTSEC, MMC to DM to avoid all build warnings
- Plugged in distro boot feature, including support for extlinux.conf
- Added defconfig for QSPI boot
- Added the board/freescale/ls1021atsn/README.rst for initial setup
- Increased CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN so that the SPL malloc pool does not
get overwritten during copying of the u-boot.bin payload from MMC to
DDR.
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Due to a typo, "run qspi_bootcmd" and "env exists secureboot" got
concatenated instead of being separated by a semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Now that we have added driver model support to the TSEC driver,
convert ls1021atwr board to use it.
This depends on previous DM series for ls1021atwr:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/561855/
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
[Vladimir] Made the following changes:
- Added 'status = "disabled";' for all Ethernet ports in ls1021a.dtsi
- Fixed the confusion between the SGMII/TBI PCS for enet0 and enet1 -
a mistake ported over from Linux. Each SGMII PCS lies on the private
MDIO bus of the interface (and the RGMII enet2 has no SGMII PCS).
- Added CONFIG_DM_ETH to all ls1021atwr_* defconfigs
- Completely removed non-DM_ETH support from ls1021atwr
- Changed "compatible" string from "fsl,tsec-mdio" to "fsl,etsec2-mdio"
and from "fsl,tsec" to "fsl,etsec2" to match Linux
In the case of the tsec network driver, so far there has been no
mainline user of DM_ETH where the DT bindings get used.
In the case of the mdio bus, it looks like the "fsl,tsec-mdio" string
was made up for the documentation, but there is no mainline code that
parses the "compatible" property anyway.
In both cases, there are no DT blobs that contain the old strings.
So change the documentation to "fsl,etsec2" for the Ethernet ports and
"fsl,etsec2-mdio" for the MDIO buses, which are strings that Linux also
uses, at least for LS1021A. More compatible strings can be added once
other (PowerPC) SoCs are migrated to DM_ETH.
The current ls1021a.dtsi doesn't match what was documented for the MDIO
buses anyway (the "compatible" is "gianfar" currently). This will be
fixed in the next patch.
Fixes: 69a00875e3 ("doc: dt-bindings: Describe Freescale TSEC ethernet controller")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
In tsec_init, the MAC address is retrieved from 2 different structures
depending on whether DM_ETH is enabled or not.
But since the field name is the same inside both structures, we can
conditionally define the structure of the correct type and simplify the
assignments.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This replaces debug() calls with printf() so that it is immediately
obvious from the console that something is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is a cosmetic patch that reorders variable definitions in the
inverse order of their line length, where possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
By convention, the eTSEC MDIO controller nodes are defined in DT at
0x2d24000 and 0x2d50000, but actually U-Boot does not touch the
interrupt portion of the register map (MDIO_IEVENTM, MDIO_IMASKM,
MDIO_EMAPM).
That leaves only the MDIO bus registers (MDIO_MIIMCFG, MDIO_MIIMCOM,
MDIO_MIIMADD, MDIO_MIIMADD, MDIO_MIIMCON, MDIO_MIIMSTAT) which start at
the 0x520 offset.
So shift the DT-defined register map by the offset of MDIO_MIIMCFG when
mapping the MDIO bus registers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The point of this patch is to eliminate the use of the locally-defined
"reg" variable (which interferes with next patch) and simplify the
fallback to the default CONFIG_SYS_TBIPA_VALUE in case "tbi-handle" is
missing.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Macb Ethernet controller requires a RX buffer of 128 bytes. It is
highly sub-optimal for Gigabit-capable GEM that is able to use
a bigger DMA buffer. Change this constant and associated macros
with data stored in the private structure.
RX DMA buffer size has to be multiple of 64 bytes as indicated in
DMA Configuration Register specification.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
DMA configuration was heavily dependent on the HW
defaults, add function to properly set the required
fields, including the new dma_burst_length.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
GEM support higher DMA burst writes/reads than the default (4).
add configuration structure with dma burst length so it could be
applied later to DMA configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
macb.h provides macros for reading/setting bitfields,
in macb registers and descriptors. use that instead
of redefining them in the source file.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Few registers and bits were added by Cadence and
they were not updated in the headers.
Take the latest definitions as defined in Linux
header (5.1) that also includes some comments
about existing registers.
One register was improperly named (UR), fix that.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This driver is used for MDIO muxes driven over I2C. This is currently
used on Freescale LS1028A QDS board, on which the physical MDIO MUX is
controlled by an on-board FPGA which in turn is configured through I2C.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Using 'phy_connect' instead of 'phy_find_by_mask' and 'phy_connect_dev'
both deduplicates code and adds support for 'fixed-link'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
SGMII 2500 as supported on NXP SoCs requires AN to be disabled, handle
this case in the enetc sgmii init code.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Ethernet interfaces using serial protocols go through the serdes block
integrated in the SoC. This is accessed over dedicated internal MDIOs
which are part of the Ethernet PCI functions. Set up serdes at _start,
along with other protocol specific port/MAC configuration.
MDIO code is shared with enetc_mdio, read/write functions are exported
from fsl_enetc_mdio for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds a driver for the MDIO interface currently integrated in LS1028A SoC.
This MDIO interface is shared by multiple ethernet interfaces and is
presented as a stand-alone PCI function on the SoC ECAM.
Ethernet has a functional dependency on MDIO, for simplicity there is a
single config option for both.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds a driver for NXP ENETC ethernet controller currently integrated in
LS1028A. ENETC is a fairly straight-forward BD ring device and interfaces
are presented as PCI EPs on the SoC ECAM.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Horghidan <catalin.horghidan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Since u-boot has added the spi-mem framework and replaced
the spi-nor framework, the mtk_qspi is no longer compatible
with the new spi-nor driver.
Remove this driver along with replacing config item
with new mtk spi-nor driver.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
[jagan: squash related changes and update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Add in lzma-alone for current binman tests
- Update to Ubuntu's xenial-20190720 tag (latest).
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reduce power domain calls when CONFIG_POWER_DOMAIN is disabled.
With gcc v8.2, this change saves 104 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Right now when using clk_of_xlate_default(), clk->data
remains un-initialized because clk_get_bulk() does not
initialize memory on allocation of clock structure.
This can cause problems when data is used to match if
two clocks pointers are exactly the same underlying
clocks, for example.
Fix it by initializing clk->data to 0.
Suggested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
The uclass_next_device() routine continues a previously started device
iteration. Change the description that is copied from
uclass_first_device().
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fdt_pci_dma_ranges() cannot work on e.g. ARM, since the DT entries
endianness is not adjusted at all. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The comments of dev_read_name() wrongly describe "node" as its
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per device tree spec, "status" property can have a value of "okay",
or "disabled", but not "disable".
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Without a valid ofnode, it's meaningless to call clk_set_defaults()
to process various properties.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible that a timer device has a null ofnode, hence there is
no need to further parse DT for the clock rate.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, fdt_get_base_address() returns 0 if the "reg" property is
missing. Since 0 is a valid value, it is not suitable for the error
handling. Return OF_BAD_ADDR instead.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Current test coverage is likely sufficient for the logic used to place
sections in the image. However it seems useful to add a test specifically
for nested sections, since these could have some unusual interactions.
Add a new test for this and aligned sections. This test failed before the
refactor to drop the bsection.py file (Section class), but passes now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to extract all binaries from the image, or a
subset of them. Add a new 'extract' command to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CBFS is a bit like a section but with a custom format. Provide the list of
entries and the compression type to binman so that it can extract the data
from the CBFS, just like any other part of the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to extract entry contents from an image to see
what is inside. Add a simple function to read the contents of an entry,
decompressing it by default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman generally operates silently but in some cases it is useful to see
what Binman is actually doing at each step. Enable some logging output
with different logging levels selectable via the -v flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When support for sections (and thus hierarchical images) was added to
binman, the decision was made to create a new Section class which could
be used by both Image and an Entry_section class. The decision between
using inheritance and composition was tricky to make, but in the end it
was decided that Image was different enough from Entry that it made sense
to put the implementation of sections in an entirely separate class. It
also has the advantage that core Image code does have to rely on an entry
class in the etype directory.
This work was mostly completed in commit:
8f1da50ccc "binman: Refactor much of the image code into 'section'
As a result of this, the Section class has its own version of things like
offset and size and these must be kept in sync with the parent
Entry_section class in some cases.
In the last year it has become apparent that the cost of keeping things in
sync is larger than expected, since more and more code wants to access
these properties.
An alternative approach, previously considered and rejected, now seems
better.
Adjust Image to be a subclass of Entry_section. Move the code from Section
(in bsection.py) to Entry_section and delete Section. Update all tests
accordingly.
This requires substantial changes to Image. Overall the changes reduce
code size by about 240 lines. While much of that is just boilerplate from
Section, there are quite a few functions in Entry_section which now do not
need to be overiden from Entry. This suggests the change is beneficial
even without further functionality being added.
A side benefit is that the properties of sections are now consistent with
other entries. This fixes a problem in testListCmd() where some properties
are missing for sections.
Unfortunately this is a very large commit since it is not feasible to do
the migration piecemeal. Given the substantial tests available and the
100% code coverage of binman, we should be able to do this safely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible to read an Image, locate its FDT map and then read it into
the binman data structures. This allows full access to the entries that
were written to the image. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for locating an image's Fdt map which is used to determine
the contents and structure of the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to summarise all the entries in an image, e.g. to
display this to this user. Add a new ListEntries() method to Entry, and
set up a way to call it through the Image class.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to add the CBFS file information (offset, size, etc.) into
the FDT so that the layout is complete. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The purpose of this badly named field is a bit ambiguous. Adjust the code
to use it only to store the uncompressed length of a file, leaving it set
to None if there is no compression used. This makes it easy to see if the
value in this field is relevant / useful.
Also set data_len for compressed fields, since it should be the length of
the compressed data, not the uncompressed data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present a file with no explicit CBFS offset is placed in the next
available location but there is no way to find out where it ended up.
Update and rename the get_data() function to provide this information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the logic skips the blob class' handling of compression, so
this is not supported with device tree entries. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for detecting entries that change size after they have already
been packed, and re-running packing when it happens.
This removes the limitation that entry size cannot change after
PackEntries() is called.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We plan to support changing the size of entries after they have been
packed. For now it will always be enabled. But to aid testing of both
cases (in the event that we want to add a command-line flag, for example),
add a setting to control it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if this function tries to update the contents such that the
size changes, it raises an error. We plan to add the ability to change
the size of entries after packing is completed, since in some cases it is
not possible to determine the size in advance.
An example of this is with a compressed device tree, where the values
of the device tree change in SetCalculatedProperties() or
ProcessEntryContents(). While the device tree itself does not change size,
since placeholders for any new properties have already bee added by
AddMissingProperties(), we cannot predict the size of the device tree
after compression. If a value changes from 0 to 0x1234 (say), then the
compressed device tree may expand.
As a first step towards supporting this, make ProcessContentsUpdate()
return a value indicating whether the content size is OK. For now this is
always True (since otherwise binman raises an error), but later patches
will adjust this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SetContents() should only be called to set the contents of an entry from
within the ObtainContents() call, since it has no guard against increasing
the size of the contents, thus triggering incorrect operation.
Change all such calls to use ProcessUpdateContents() instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function raises an exception with its arguments around the wrong way
so the message is incorrect. Fix this as well as a few minor comment
problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present entry modules can only be accessed using Entry.Lookup() or
Entry.Create(). Most of the time this is fine, but sometimes a module
needs to provide constants or helper functions useful to other modules.
It is easier in this case to use 'import'.
Add an __init__ file to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compression is currently available only with blobs. However we want to
report the compression algorithm and uncompressed size for all entries,
so that other entry types can support compression. This will help with
the forthcoming 'list' feature which lists entries in the image.
Move the compression properties into the base class. Also fix up the docs
which had the wrong property name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This class is the new way to handle arguments in Python. Convert binman
over to use it. At the same time, introduce commands so that we can
separate out the different parts of binman functionality.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to quickly locate the FDT map in the image. An
easy way to do this is with a pointer at the start or end of the image.
Add an 'image header' entry, which places a magic number followed by a
pointer to the FDT map. This can be located at the start or end of the
image, or at a chosen location.
As part of this, update GetSiblingImagePos() to detect missing siblings.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An FDT map is an entry which holds a full description of the image
entries, in FDT format. It can be discovered using the magic string at
its start. Tools can locate and read this entry to find out what entries
are in the image and where each entry is located.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quite a few tests will use a real device tree and need it updated with the
binman metadata. Add a helper function for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current test for the 'entry' module is a bit convoluted since it has
to import the module multiple times. It also relies on ordering, in that
test1EntryNoImportLib() must run before test2EntryImportLib() if they are
running in the same Python process.
This is unreliable since neither the ordering of tests nor the process
that they run in is defined.
Fix this by always reloading the entry in these two tests. Also add a
check that the expected value of have_importlib is obtained.
This corrects a code-coverage problem in the 'entry' module on some
systems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A feature of CBFS is that it allows files to be positioned at particular
offset (as with binman in general). This is useful to support
execute-in-place (XIP) code, since this may not be relocatable.
Add a new cbfs-offset property to control this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is lots of open space in a CBFS it is normally padded with
'empty' files so that sequentially scanning the CBFS can skip from one to
the next without a break.
Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An Integrated Firmware Image is used to hold various binaries used for
booting with Apollolake and some later devices. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for putting CBFSs (Coreboot Filesystems) in an image. This
allows binman to produce firmware images used by coreboot to boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coreboot uses a simple flash-based filesystem called Coreboot Filesystem
(CBFS) to organise files used during boot. This allows files to be named
and their position in the flash to be set. It has special features for
dealing with x86 devices which typically memory-map their SPI flash to the
top of 32-bit address space and need a 'boot block' ending there.
Create a library to help create and read CBFS files. This includes a
writer class, a reader class and associated other helpers. Only a subset
of features are currently supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tool has quite a few arguments and options, so put the functionality
in a function so that we call it from one place and hopefully get it
right.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tools like ifwitool may not be available in the PATH, but are available in
the build. These tools may be needed by tests, so allow tests to use the
--toolpath flag.
Also use this flag with travis.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch solves the following warnings:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/psci.c:
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_set_state’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_arch_cpu_entry’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_features’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_version’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_affinity_info’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_migrate_info_type’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_cpu_on’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_cpu_off’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_system_reset’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
warning: no previous prototype for ‘psci_system_off’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Starting libvirt v5.3.0 with QEMU 4.0.0 use of PCI is automatic
and thus storage is connected via PCI, which is not visible to
U-Boot out-of-the-box.
Refactor to do "pci enum" followed by "virtio scan" to see PCI
connected storage, and allow bootloader to load kernel and
initramfs images.
Tested with Fedora/RISCV using releases: libvirt 5.4.0 & 5.5.0,
QEMU 4.0.0 and U-Boot 2019.07 RC4.
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
The rproc uclass driver can either be built with SPL_REMOTEPROC
or REMOTEPROC, but the function prototypes in remoteproc.h are
defined only when CONFIG_REMOTEPROC is defined. This can cause
build issues in SPL if CONFIG_REMOTEPROC is not selected.
Fix this by replacing the existing precompiler macro usage with
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED.
Fixes: ddf56bc7e3 ("drivers: Introduce a simplified remoteproc framework")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Increment conf id to avoid to have two same conf name
into one configuration description.
Signed-off-by: Mickaël Tansorier <mickael.tansorier@smile.fr>
With Sphinx documentation moving from Documentation directory
to doc directory, we missed updating .gitignore for the Sphinx
build output directory.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Support load of the U-Boot image from raw SATA disk sector. This is
equivalent to load from MMC raw sector.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
kernel-doc fails to parse function definitions like the one below
efi_status_t efi_create_event(uint32_t type, efi_uintn_t notify_tpl,
void (EFIAPI *notify_function) (
struct efi_event *event,
void *context),
void *notify_context, efi_guid_t *group,
struct efi_event **event)
{
due to the "EFIAPI" attribute preceding the function name.
cf. https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/9/3/1185
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Recent versions of sphinx will emit messages like:
doc/sphinx/kerneldoc.py:103:
RemovedInSphinx20Warning: app.warning() is now deprecated.
Use sphinx.util.logging instead.
Switch to sphinx.util.logging to make this unsightly message go away.
Alas, that interface was only added in version 1.6, so we have to add a
version check to keep things working with older sphinxes.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Rebased for U-Boot
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add support for A/B boot process on AM57xx based boards:
1. Define 'slot_suffix' variable (using 'ab_select' command)
2. Extend 'emmc_android_boot' boot command (add commands for A/B boot
process)
'ab_select' command is used to decide which slot should be used for
booting up. A/B metadata resides in 'misc' partition.
To activate the A/B boot process, the following config options must be
set:
CONFIG_ANDROID_AB=y
CONFIG_CMD_AB_SELECT=y
For successful A/B boot, the corresponding A/B infrastructure must be
involved on Android side [1] (including mounting system as root), and
disk must be partitioned accordingly.
When A/B boot is enabled, there are some known limitations currently
exist (not related to A/B patches, need to be implemented later):
1. The 'Verified Boot' sequence is not supported
2. dev path to system partition (system_a or system_b) is passed via
'bootargs' as 'root=' argument like 'root=/dev/mmcblk1p12', but
further we'll need to rework it with respect to dm-verity
requirements [2]
In case when A/B partitions are not present in system (and A/B boot is
enabled), boot up process will be terminated and next message will be
shown:
"boot_a(b) partition not found"
[1] https://source.android.com/devices/tech/ota/ab
[2] https://source.android.com/devices/tech/ota/ab/ab_implement#kernel
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Trofymenko <ruslan.trofymenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Strachan <astrachan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For A/B system update support the Android boot process requires to send
'androidboot.slot_suffix' parameter as a command line argument. This
patch implementes 'ab_select' command which allows us to obtain current
slot by processing the A/B metadata.
The patch was extracted from commit [1] with one modification: the
separator for specifying the name of metadata partition was changed
from ';' to '#', because ';' is used for commands separation.
[1] https://android-review.googlesource.com/c/platform/external/u-boot/+/729880/2
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Trofymenko <ruslan.trofymenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Strachan <astrachan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These have been reported by Simon in [1] and fixed in [2].
However, since [1] has already been pushed to u-boot/master, the
improvements incorporated in [2] are now extracted and resubmitted.
The changes are in the area of coding style and best practices:
* s/field/fieldp/, s/size/sizep/, to convey that the variables return
an output to the caller
* s/err_1/err_read_fail/, s/err_2/err_too_small/, to be more descriptive
* Made sure 'static int do_bcb_load' appears on the same line
* Placed a `/*` on top of multi-line comment
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1104244/#2200259
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/cover/1128661/
("[v4,0/4] Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write Android BCB")
Fixes: db7b7a05b2 ("cmd: Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write BCB fields")
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Quote from https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1104244/#2210814:
----------8<-----------
strncmp() is chosen for the sake of paranoid/defensive programming.
Indeed, strncmp() is not really needed when comparing a variable
with a string literal. We expect strcmp() to behave safely even if the
string variable is not NUL-terminated.
In the same scenario, Linux v5.2-rc7 uses both strcmp() and strncmp(),
but the frequency of strcmp() is higher:
$ git --version
git version 2.22.0
$ (Linux 5.2-rc7) git grep -En 'strncmp\([^"]*"[[:alnum:]]+"' | wc -l
1066
$ (Linux 5.2-rc7) git grep -En 'strcmp\([^"]*"[[:alnum:]]+"' | wc -l
1968
A quick "strcmp vs strncmp" object size test shows that strcmp()
generates smaller memory footprint (gcc-8, x86_64):
$ (U-Boot) size cmd/bcb-strncmp.o cmd/bcb-strcmp.o
text data bss dec hex filename
3373 400 2048 5821 16bd cmd/bcb-strncmp.o
3314 400 2048 5762 1682 cmd/bcb-strcmp.o
So, overall, I agree to use strcmp() whenever variables are compared
with string literals.
----------8<-----------
Fixes: db7b7a05b2 ("cmd: Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write BCB fields")
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Fix warning V1037 reported by PVS-Studio Static Analyzer:
Two or more case-branches perform the same actions. Check lines: 49, 53
Fixes: db7b7a05b2 ("cmd: Add 'bcb' command to read/modify/write BCB fields")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
This allows to use any available compression format with Android boot image
Since not all available compression formats have a magic number we should
explicitly specify type of compression.
For this purpose using uImage format becomes very useful, as this format is
well-known by the community and mkimage tool is already available.
Usage example:
mkimage -A ARM64 -T kernel -C lzma -d Image.lzma out/kernel
At this moment only -C option is handled, but specifying -A and -T options
are recommended for compatibility reasons in the future.
Kernel that compressed with LZ4 can be already used without wrapping into
the uImage, but I recommend wrapping it into the uImage in order to avoid
situations when by some mistake legacy LZ4 is used, that is interpreted as
raw Image and causes CPU to enter Exception Handler without providing any
meaningful explanation to the user.
Signed-off-by: Roman Stratiienko <roman.stratiienko@globallogic.com>
If there is only one menu item available, prompting user to enter
choice makes little sense and just causes unnecessary boot delay. This
change makes menu_get_choice return the only one item when there is no
other choices.
Signed-off-by: Leon Yu <leoyu@nvidia.com>
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
This sub-command serves for getting the partition index from
partition name. Also it can be used to test the existence of specified
partition.
Use case:
For example, in most CI environments this U-Boot command for automatic
testing of Linux rootfs is used:
=> setenv bootpart 1:f
where 0xf is "userdata" partition. But the number of "userdata"
partition can be changed any time, when partition table is changed.
So it would be nice to get rid of that 0xf magic number and use
partition name instead, like this:
=> part number mmc 1 userdata part_num
=> setenv bootpart 1:${part_num}
Signed-off-by: Ruslan Trofymenko <ruslan.trofymenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Strachan <astrachan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
This also merges README.N1213 contents into the new nds32.rst file.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This converts README.AX25 and README.ae350 plain text documentation
to reST format, merges them into one ax25-ae350 doc, and adds it to
Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts QEMU x86 board specific information from README.x86,
converts plain text documentation to reST format and adds it to
Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts coreboot board specific information from README.x86,
converts plain text documentation to reST format and adds it to
Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Google Chromebook Samus board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Google Chromebook Link board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Galileo board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Edison board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Cougar Canyon 2 board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Cherry Hill board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Bay Trail based board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds them to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This extracts Intel Crown Bay board specific information from
README.x86, converts plain text documentation to reST format and
adds it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add index.rst for board. More docs will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add index.rst for architecture specific info. More docs will be
added later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Convert plain text documentation to reStructuredText format and add
it to Sphinx TOC tree. No essential content change.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add index.rst for driver model. More docs will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glkpk@gmx.de>
This updates the index.rst to add top-level description about
U-Boot documentation. Words are taken from Linux kernel docs
and modified for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently the Sphinx doc only contains API descriptions of several
U-Boot subsystems. For future extension, group these existing docs
into an API sub-directory.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Sometimes when debugging tests it is useful to keep the input and output
directories so they can be examined later. Add an option for this and
update the binman tests to support it. This affects both the test class
and the tearDown() function called after each test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the -v flag is ignored with tests, so that (for example) -v2
does not have any effect. Update binman to pass this flag through to tests
so that they work just like running binman normally, except in a few
special cases where we are actually testing behaviour with different
levels of verbosity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We currenty support using the ELF file in U-Boot proper and SPL, but not
TPL. Add this as it is useful both with sandbox and for CBFS to allow
adding TPL as a 'stage'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The -D option enables debug mode, but we only need to add -D to the
command line once. Drop the duplicate code. Also drop the comment about
enabling debugging since this can be done with -D.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add utility functions to compress and decompress using lz4 and lzma
algorithms. In the latter case these use the legacy lzma support favoured
by coreboot's CBFS.
No tests are provided as these functions will be tested by the CBFS
tests in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present text entries use an indirect method to specify the text to use,
with a label pointing to the text itself.
Allow the text to be directly written into the node. This is more
convenient in cases where the text is constant.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function always sets both the offset and the size of
entries. But in some cases we want to set only one or the other, for
example with the forthcoming ifwi entry, where we only set the offset.
Update the function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present having a descriptor means that there is an ME (Intel
Management Engine) entry as well. The descriptor provides the ME location
and assumes that it is present.
For some SoCs this is not true. Before providing the location of a
potentially non-existent entry, check if it is present.
Update the comment in the ME entry also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present binman requires that the Intel descriptor has an explicit
offset. Generally this is 0 since the descriptor is at the start of the
image. Add a default to handle this, so users don't need to specify the
offset.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Code coverage tests fail on binman due to dist-packages being dropped from
the python path on Ubuntu 16.04. Add them in so that we can find the
elffile module, which is required by binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function which decodes an ELF file, working out where in memory each
part of the data should be written.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to create an ELF file for testing purposes, with just the
right attributes used by the test. Add a function to handle this, along
with a test that it works correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If tests are skipped we should ideally exit with an error, since there may
be a missing dependency. However at present this is not desirable since it
breaks travis tests. For now, just report the skips.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FD is a bit confusing so write this out in full. Also avoid splitting the
string so that people can grep for the error message more easily.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes tools used by binman may not be in the normal PATH search path,
such as when the tool is built by the U-Boot build itself (e.g. mkimage).
Provide a way to specify an additional search path for tools. The flag
can be used multiple times.
Update the help to describe this option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If kwargs contains raise_on_error then this function generates an error
due to a duplicate argument. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some Intel SoCs from about 2016 boot using an internal microcontroller via
an 'IFWI' image. This is a special format which can hold firmware images.
In U-Boot's case it holds u-boot-tpl.bin.
Add this tool, taken from coreboot, so that we can build bootable images
on apollolake SoCs.
This tool itself has no tests. Some amount of coverage will be provided by
the binman tests that use it, so enable building the tool on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc1 (2)
* Implement the EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE event.
* Address errors of type -Werror=address-of-packed-member when building
with GCC9.1
* Fix an error when adding memory add addres 0x00000000.
* Rework some code comments for Sphinx compliance.
Backport and squash below Linux v5.2 commits:
Commit id * Summary line
da3e1c57caf93e [1] soc: renesas: r8a77970-sysc: Remove non-existent CR7 power domain
b5eb730e031aca [1] soc: renesas: r8a77970-sysc: Correct names of A2DP/A2CN power domains
3961d355dfb512 dt-bindings: power: r8a77965: Remove non-existent A3IR power domain
(*) Patch id mismatch between Linux and U-Boot commit
[1] Dropped changes in drivers/soc/renesas/r8a77970-sysc.c,
since the file doesn't exist in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
In spite of the summary line, U-Boot commits [1-2] seem to have
aligned the U-Boot PFC tables to Linux v5.1 rather than to v5.0, since
they also imported the Linux 5.1 commits listed in [3].
What current commit tries to accomplish is to align the Gen2 and Gen3
pinctrl tables to Linux v5.2. Importing these updates in two steps
as done before (i.e. separately for Gen2 and Gen3) is somewhat difficult
due to Linux commits like [5-6] which atomically update both Gen2/3
platforms and whose breakdown would not be easily possible.
The detailed list of Linux commits squashed into this U-Boot patch is
shown in [4]. The second column in [4] depicts the patch id mismatch
between the original Linux and the resulted U-Boot commit. The
exclamation mark means that manual conflict resolution was involved
during cherry picking Linux commit into U-Boot repository (this is
mainly caused by dropped changes in files like pfc-r8a7795-es1.c and
pfc-r8a77980.c which are missing in U-Boot).
This patch has been applied on top of v2019.07-rc4-155-g8754656680b6 and
boot-tested on:
- H3-ES2.0-Salvator-X
- M3-ES1.1-Salvator-XS
- M3N-ES1.1-ULCB
[1] 8719ca8113 ("pinctrl: renesas: Synchronize Gen3 tables with Linux 5.0")
[2] a6a743df24 ("pinctrl: renesas: Synchronize Gen2 tables with Linux 5.0")
[3] Linux 5.1 commits already contained in [1-2]:
79dbbdbeccc6784 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Add DRIF pins, groups and functions
729257d674bc2e6 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Add TMU pins, groups and functions
b9fd50488b4939c pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7792: Fix vin1_data18_b pin group
a4b0350047f1b10 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7791: Fix scifb2_data_c pin group
fdbbd6b74c9278f pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Add DRIF pins, groups and functions
16978e7d40f73be pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Add TMU pins, groups and functions
86c045c2e4201e9 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Replace DU_DOTCLKIN2 by DU_DOTCLKIN3
b8ba194ca5f4ca2 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7791: Fix VIN1 versioned groups
81c585c96b7dd47 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77970: Deduplicate VIN[01] pin definitions
08b7e2112a9b19c pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7796: Deduplicate VIN5 pin definitions
99fdb920f5534d1 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7795: Deduplicate VIN5 pin definitions
85ccae133bde425 Revert "pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Add support for pull-up only pins"
f7d8b568e204d29 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: GP6_9 does not have pull-down capability
5219aa33caec2f7 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77995: Fix MOD_SEL bit numbering
3e3eebeacad79bd pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL bit numbering
7219a4b64520873 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL0 bit2 when using RX2, TX2 and SCK2
699c7d1346fbef6 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL0 bit3 when using TX0
[4] Linux 5.2 commits backported and squashed into this U-Boot patch
Linux commit id Linux commit summary line
9925e8795726801 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate pins/marks in pin groups at build time
f83f97684a737f6 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Make pinmux_cfg_reg.var_field_width[] variable-length
5e8588c86d71e78 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate fixed-size field widths at build time
1c5c1101755c5ed pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77970: Rename IOCTRLx registers
3df892fdbfe6919 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Rename IOCTRLx registers
dcd24e098d8df8b pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7796: Move CANFD pin groups and functions
2cee6cb290ab30f pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Move CANFD pin groups and functions
d92ee9cf8ec8d7f ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Retain TDSELCTRL register across suspend/resume
efca8da0c5fcc7f ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG() macro
69f7be1c6314fb0 ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG_VAR() macro
19b593a1cf068ef ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_DATA_REG() macro
c481c8178420b8c pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate enum IDs for regs with fixed-width fields
fa4d36712f20e24 ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: Validate enum IDs for regs with variable-width fields
360328c7dc15f48 pinctrl: sh-pfc: Improve PINMUX_IPSR_PHYS() documentation
943ff71281c6ce4 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL0 bit16 when using NFALE and NFRB_N
e167d723e1a472d pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL1 bit31 when using SIM0_D
e87882eb9be10b2 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77990: Fix MOD_SEL1 bit30 when using SSI_SCK2 and SSI_WS2
5671f8e0270ad5e ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Remove HDMI CEC pins, groups, and functions
662dc924a05e9df ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Remove CC5_OSCOUT pin
624a7a12cc0cc77 ! pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Rename RTS{0,1,3,4}# pin function definitions
a040f3dec8eb7b1 pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Rename SEL_ADG_{A,B,C} to SEL_ADG{A,B,C}
e551122cdb7fcb9 pinctrl: sh-pfc: rcar-gen3: Rename SEL_NDFC to SEL_NDF
baaa2effc684e49 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77970: Fix spacing
f05603fa6aa3043 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a7796: Remove placeholder I2C pin data
0a042b355e60269 pinctrl: sh-pfc: r8a77965: Add I2C{0,3,5} pins, groups and functions
[5] efca8da0c5fcc7 ("pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG() macro")
[6] 69f7be1c6314fb ("pinctrl: sh-pfc: Absorb enum IDs in PINMUX_CFG_REG_VAR() macro")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Update "dma-ranges" DT property of all PCIe controllers in the system
with the up-to-date DRAM layout. This allows the PCIe controller take
full advantage of all the available DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The fdt_pci_dma_ranges() cannot work on e.g. ARM, since the DT entries
endianness is not adjusted at all. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The generic code in common/spl/spl.c allows TPL/SPL banners to be
silenced by unsetting CONFIG_TPL_BANNER_PRINT or CONFIG_SPL_BANNER_PRINT
respectively. However, arch/arm/mach-rockchip/tpl.c prints this banner
unconditionally.
Fix the rockchip-specific tpl.c so that the TPL banner depends on
CONFIG_TPL_BANNER_PRINT in the same way as the generic code.
Signed-off-by: <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
If CONFIG_DEBUG_UART is set but CONFIG_TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT is not, the
serial output should be available in SPL and full U-Boot, but not built
in TPL. However, the rockchip tpl.c instead fails to compile with
undefined references to the debug UART.
Instead, initialise the debug UART and print the TPL banner only if both
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART and CONFIG_TPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT are set.
Signed-off-by: <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
mt35xu512aba and mt35xu02g suports Single I/O and OCTAL I/O
also enable use of SPI_NOR_4B_OPCODES.
These flashes are tested on LX2160ARDB and LS1028ARDB respectively
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
[jagan: suffix 'ba' on part name and update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
For STM32 QSPI driver, "st,stm32-qspi" compatible string was first
introduced in U-boot. But later in kernel side, "st,stm32f469-qspi"
was used.
To simplify, align U-boot QSPI compatible string with kernel one.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
For STM32 QSPI driver, "st,stm32-qspi" compatible string was first
introduced in U-boot. But later in kernel side, "st,stm32f469-qspi"
was used.
To simplify, align U-boot QSPI compatible string with kernel one.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch introduces support of Cortex-M4 remote processor for STM32
MCU and MPU families.
Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Dessenne <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
The current implementation supports only binary file load.
Add helpers to support ELF32 format (sanity check, and load).
Note that since an ELF32 image is built for the remote processor, the
load function uses the device_to_virt ops to translate the addresses.
Implement a basic translation for sandbox_testproc.
Add related tests. Test result:
=> ut dm remoteproc_elf
Test: dm_test_remoteproc_elf: remoteproc.c
Test: dm_test_remoteproc_elf: remoteproc.c (flat tree)
Failures: 0
Signed-off-by: Loic Pallardy <loic.pallardy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Dessenne <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add the following functions to translate DMA address to CPU address:
- dev_translate_dma_address()
- ofnode_translate_dma_address()
- of_translate_dma_address()
- fdt_translate_dma_address()
These functions work the same way as xxx_translate_address(), with the
difference that the translation relies on the "dma-ranges" property
instead of the "ranges" property.
Add related test. Test report:
=> ut dm fdt_translation
Test: dm_test_fdt_translation: test-fdt.c
Test: dm_test_fdt_translation: test-fdt.c (flat tree)
Failures: 0
Signed-off-by: Fabien Dessenne <fabien.dessenne@st.com>
- rk3399 lpddr4 support
- rk3399-rock960 board support improvement
- Eliminate pyelftools dependency by make_fit_atf.py
- clean up rockchip dts to use -u-boot.dtsi
- use ARM arch/generic timer instead of rk_timer
- clean up Kconfig options for board support
Pin configuration of the FPGA devicetree block should be done
after core configuration in the arria10 fpga driver. This fix
corrects the check of status, and ensures that the fpga pin mux
is configured on correct configuration of the core fpga image.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dalon.westergreen@intel.com>
This adds separate kconfig options for drivers/sysreset and
drivers/firmware.
Up to now, CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT added drivers/misc to SPL
build but also added drivers/firmware and drivers/sysreset at the same
time.
Since that is confusing, this patch uses CONFIG_SPL_SYSRESET for
drivers/sysreset and adds CONFIG_SPL_FIRMWARE for
drivers/firmware (and accordingly for the TPL options).
CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC_SUPPORT stays for including drivers/misc into
the SPL build (and accordingly for TPL) since there are boards using
non-DM (non UCLASS_MISC) files from drivers/misc. Such boards don't
have CONFIG_SPL_MISC enabled, so cannot use this to include
drivers/misc into the SPL build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This moves sysreset support for socfgpa from ad-hoc code in mach-socfpga
to a UCLASS_SYSRESET based dm driver.
A side effect is that gen5 and a10 can now select between cold and warm
reset.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This adds a define for the bit in rstmgr's ctrl regiser that issues
a cold reset (we had a define for the warm reset bit only) in preparation
for a proper sysrese driver.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Series changes: 2
- separate this patch to the register descriptions from the actual
sysreset driver patch
This driver uses bss from SPL board_init_f(). Change it to move all the
data from bss to a common struct allocated on the stack (64 byte).
In addition to saving 28 bytes of bss, the code even gets 264 bytes
smaller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
This fixes 3 boards that don't use CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS from
socfpga_common.h. They need to enable reset manager compatibility
mode unless all peripheral drivers in Linux support reset handling.
Fixes: commit 4b2e32efa4 ("arm: socfpga: gen5: deassert peripheral reset by default")
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@aries-embedded.de>
This patch fix mmc driver abort caused by below patch:
3d296365e4 mmc: sdhci: Add support for sdhci-caps-mask
After the patch sdhci_setup_cfg() access to host->mmc->dev,
so we have to do init before make the call to the function()
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
make_fit_atf.py no longer requires pyelftools, and nothing else in the
rockchip build requires it either, so remove references to installing it
from the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
make_fit_aft.py depends on the non-standard library pyelftools to pull
out PT_LOAD segments from ELF files. However, this is as easy to do
manually, without imposing the extra dependency on users.
Structures in the ELF file are unpacked into variables named to exactly
match the ELF spec to ensure the destructuring code is reasonably
self-documenting.
Signed-off-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
SPL/TPL share the same secure_timer_init(), update to use
one copy source code and update to use CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE
as base address and rename to function name to rockchip_stimer_init().
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip SoCs have similar boot process, prefer to use TPL for DRAM
init and back to bootrom, and SPL as Trust ATF/U-Boot loader. TPL
common board is a basic TPL board init which can be shared for most
of SoCs to avoid copy-pase for different SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SoC related init will move to SPL and keep TPL clean,
so that we can reuse the common TPL board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We have convert all SoC to use DM timer or ARM arch/generic
timer, we can remove this rk_timer now.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track to boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track to boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track the boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We prefer to use ARM arch timer instead of rockchip timer, so that
we are using the same timer for SPL, U-Boot and Kernel, which will
make things simple and easy to track to boot time.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We share the same default SPL boot order for all rk3288 boards,
use dts instead of hard code in board file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The fdt interfaces are actuall depends on OF_LIBFDT instead
of OF_CONTROL, some boards may enable OF_CONTROL while disable
OF_LIBFDT.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288-firefly board have different setting for sdmmc
io, sync then from kernel mainline:
6fbc7275c7a9 Linux 5.2-rc7
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some rk3288 boards are using raw image of u-boot.bin, and now
it's much bigger than default 200KB, update CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN
to 600KB.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add arch_cpu_init() in SPL for soc related init, and
move configure_l2ctlr() into it.
The arch_cpu_init() only need to run once, so no need
to run in TPL.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We needs SPL LIBCOMMON and LIBGENERIC for all boards,
so we can enable them by default and no need to define
in each board.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip SoCs have different ROCKCHIP_BOOT_MODE_REG value,
move it to SoC's own Kconfig, and add address for rk3128 and
rk3328 so that all SoCs have available address.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Each SoC have its config setting and its Kconfig, move
the specific setting to its own Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use LPDDR4-100 sdram timings dtsi for RockPI-4 board.
All these timings are processed during TPL stage of rock-pi-4 board,
bootchain. This make TPL would replace rockchip in house rkbin in
current bootchain.
Bootchain after and before this change:
TPL -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
rkbin -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use DDR3-1866 2GB ddr timings dtsi for 1GB NanoPi Neo4 board.
Since sdram rk3399 support dynamic stride and rank detection it
can able to detect 1GB ddr eventough the timings are meant for
dual channel, 2GB size.
Bootchain after and before this change are:
TPL -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
rkbin -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
This certainly fix the second channel data training initialization
since we have dynamic rank, stride where second channel capabilities
are clear or memset to 0.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use LPDDR4-100 sdram timings dtsi for Rockpro64 board.
All these timings are processed during TPL stage of rockpro64 board,
bootchain. This make TPL would replace rockchip in house rkbin in
current bootchain.
Bootchain after and before this change:
TPL -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
rkbin -> SPL -> U-Boot proper
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sdram timings for LPDDR4-100 via rk3399-sdram-lpddr4-100.dtsi file.
all timings are dumped from rkbin/bin/rk33/rk3399_ddr_800MHz_v1.20.bin
Associated LPDDR4 board -u-boot.dtsi can include this to make these
timings available during SPL or TPL stages.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Due to foot-print issues, we have LPDDR4 code can be
marked as CONFIG_RAM_RK3399_LPDDR4.
So, enable it for Rock-PI-4 board.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Due to foot-print issues, we have LPDDR4 code can be
marked as CONFIG_RAM_RK3399_LPDDR4.
So, enable it for Rockpro64 board.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Unlike rest of dram type chips, LPDDR4 initialization start
with at board selected frequency (say 50MHz) and then it
switches into 400MHz and 800MHz simultaneously to make the
proper sequence work on each channel with associated training.
The lpddr4 set rate sequnce will follow by setting lpddr4
- dq out
- ca odt
- MR3
- MR12
- MR14
registers sets in sequential order.
Here is sameple log about LPDDR4-100 init sequence in Rockpro64:
Channel 0: LPDDR4, 50MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
Channel 1: LPDDR4, 50MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
256B stride
channel 0 training pass
channel 1 training pass
change freq to 400 MHz 0, 1
channel 0 training pass
channel 1 training pass
change freq to 800 MHz 1, 0
This patch add support to this init sequence via lpddr4 set rate
by taking sdram timing parameters from 400, 800 .inc files.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
(Fix travis error, use one ret instead of ret[2] in set_ctrl)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
DDR set rate can be even required for lpddr4 and we
need to keep the lpddr4 code to compile only for relevant
boards which do support lpddr4.
For this requirement, and for code readability handle
data training via sdram_rk3399_ops with .set_rate and
same will update in future while supporting lpddr4 code.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
LPDDR4 initialization start with at board selected frequency
and then it switches into 400MHz and 800MHz simultaneously to
make the proper sequence work on each channel with associated
training.
So, add LPDDR4-800 timings inc file in driver area so-that
these timings will take during LPDDR4 initialization phase.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
LPDDR4 initialization start with at board selected frequency
and then it switches into 400MHz and 800MHz simultaneously to
make the proper sequence work on each channel with associated
training.
So, add LPDDR4-400 timings inc file in driver area so-that
these timings will take during LPDDR4 initialization phase.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Like data training in other sdram types, mr detection need
to taken care for lpddr4 with looped rank and associated
channel to make sure the proper configuration held.
Once the mr detection successful for active and configured
rank with channel number, the same can later reused during
actual LPDDR4 initialization.
So, add code to support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
data training can be even required for lpddr4 and we
need to keep the lpddr4 code to compile only for relevant
boards which do support lpddr4.
For this requirement, and for code readability handle
data training via sdram_rk3399_ops and same will update
in future while supporting lpddr4 code.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
data training is using chan_info as first argument with
channel number as second argument instead of that use
dram_info as first argument so-that we can get the
chan_info at data training definition.
This was the argument handling is meaningful, readable
and it would help to add similar data training for
lpddr4 in future.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The mode_sel on lpddr4 value is depending on IO settings
of rd_vref.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
CTL 145, 146, 159, 160 registers are used to configure
soc odt on rk3399.
These soc odt values are updated from CS0_MR22_VAL and
CS1_MR22_VAL and for lpddr4 these values ORed with
tsel_rd_select_n.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
tsel contrl clock drives are required to configure PHY
929, 939 controls drive settings.
Add support for these control clock for all dramtype
sdrams.
Thse control clock drives are configure via tsel_ckcs_select_p
and tsel_ckcs_select_n variables.
tsel_ckcs_select_n is PHY_DRV_ODT_34_3 value where as
tsel_ckcs_select_p is retrived from IO settings for lpddr4
and rest uses PHY_DRV_ODT_34_3.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now we have IO settings available for all supported sdram
frequencies, so retrieve these IO settings and make used
for LPDDR4 ds odt configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Add IO settings for dram ctl and phy.
IO settings are useful for configuring ctl, phy odt, vref,
mr5, mode select and other needed input output operations
for lpddr4 or any other dramtype sdram.
Right now, this patch added IO setting for all supported
sdram frequencies.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The hardware for LPDDR4 with
- CLK0P/N connect to lower 16-bits
- CLK1P/N connect to higher 16-bits
and usually dfi dram clk is configured via CLK1P/N, so
disabling dfi dram clk will disable the CLK1P/N as well.
So, add patch to not to disable dfi dram clk for lpddr4,
with rank 1.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
tsel write ca_p and ca_n values need to write on PHY 544, 672
and 800 to configure ds odt.
Configure the same PHY register for lpddr4 would require a mask
value of (300 << 8).
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Assign desired cs_map values for lpddr4 during set memory map.
Initial cs_map values is based on the sdram parameters, so
the same will adjusted based dramtype as LPDDR4.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
PHY_898, PHY_919 would require to configure PHY LP4 boot
pll control and ca for lpddr4.
So, configure the same in pctl_cfg for LPDDR4.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
It is possible in lpddr4 dram, where both the channels would
start at same time with ZQ Cal Start. If it uses ZQ Call start
then it will use RZQ.
For example LPDDR4 366 Dual-Die, Quad-Channel Package, RZQ maybe
connect to both channel. If ZQ Cal Start at the same time,
it will use the same RZQ.
It is not a problem of using RZQ in both the channels, but can not
use at the same time.
So, to avoid this, we have an option of dram tINIT3 value for
increasing the frequency for channel 1.
This patch increase the available tINIT3 with existing running
dram frequency.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
lpddr4 has PLL bypass mode during phy initialization phase,
which does all pll configurations.
So no need to wait explicitly during pctl config.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
mode_sel assignment is based on dram type.
In phy_io_config, already have vref setting based
on the dram type, so move this mode_sel assignment
on vref setting area.
No functionality change.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number for lpddr4.
This would keep the wdql data training loop based on the
desired rank mask value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number for lpddr4.
This would keep the ca data training loop based on the
desired rank mask value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Supporting LPDDR4 code support in RK3399 would increases
the size of SPL/TPL.
So add kconfig entry for RK3399 LPDDR4 code so-that
the boards have LPDDR4 can enable them via defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some dramtypes like lpddr4 initialization would required to
configure phy IO even after pctl_cfg and after set_ds_odt.
For those cases the set_ds_odt would be an initial call to
setup the phy.
To satisfy all the cases, trigger phy IO from set_ds_odt.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add DdrMode structure with associated bit fields.
These would help to reconfigure sdram capabilities during
lpddr4 setup related configs.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add DdrTimingC0 structure with associated bit fields.
These would help to reconfigure sdram capabilities during
lpddr4 setup related configs.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use dram config variable name as sys_reg2 instead of sys_reg
since the final variable value is to written into a pmugrf
register named as sys_reg2.
This reflect the both variable and associated register
names are same and also help to add next sys_reg's to
add it in future.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This would help to debug the sdram base parameters while
debugging existing chip or while supporting new sdram type.
It require explicit enablement of CONFIG_RAM_ROCKCHIP_DEBUG
for showing the debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Right now the rk3399 sdram driver assume that the board
has configured with 2 channels, so any possibility to
enable single channel on the same driver will encounter
channel #1 data training failure.
Log:
U-Boot TPL board init
sdram_init: data training failed
rk3399_dmc_init DRAM init failed -5
So, add an algorithm that can capable to compute the active
or configured rank with associated channel like
a) do rank loop to compute the active rank, with associated
channel numbers
b) then, succeed the data training only for configured channel
c) preserve the rank for given channel
d) do channel loop for setting the active channel
e) if given rank is zero or inactive on the specific channel,
clear the timings for the associated channel
f) finally, return error if number of channels is zero
Tested in NanoPI-NEO4 since it support single channel sdram
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
(add PI_READ_GATE_TRAINING for LPDDR3 to support rk3399-evb case)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch enables DM I2C for DHCOM i.MX6 PDK2 boards and
removes non DM I2C code. The I2C EEPROM with ethaddr (MAC)
is defined in the device tree. Use UCLASS_I2C_EEPROM
to find the device by fixed hardware path and read the ethaddr.
Tested with DHCOM i.MX6dl and DHCOM i.MX6q.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
For a single binary approach for imx6 quad/dual/duallite/solo it
is necessary to enable CONFIG_SATA for quad/dual. On the other hand
on imx6 duallite/sole SATA is not available.
Therefore sata_remove() is skipped according to a blacklist scheme.
Adding further imx derivates is probably not recessary as they are
usually not pin-compatible and therefore a different board with its
own configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
It turned out that after a reset the boot process from the spi bootflash is
disturbed by other spi slave devices connected to DHCOM SPI1, which uses the
same spi interface with a different SS line.
Therefore the pad pull ups are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
The Apalis iMX8 was missing the interactive part should a customer have
bricked his module and want to re-create the configuration block. Fix
this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
The Colibri iMX8X target got re-named late in the cycle which we forgot
to reflect here. Furthermore, it was missing the interactive part should
a customer have bricked his module and want to re-create the
configuration block. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Make the interactive Wi-Fi/BT handling generic by pulling it out of the
Colibri iMX6ULL interactive part to be re-used for Apalis iMX8 and
Colibri iMX8X.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
If the module is in serial downloader mode, we do no longer read the
environment from eMMC. Therefor, the eMMC is unitialized when trying
to read the config block. Use mmc_init to initialize the selected
MMC device before using it.
Note: In case the MMC has already been initialized, the mmc_init
detects that and returns immediately.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
According to iMX6DQ RM, the minor field (low 8 bits) in DIGPROG is not
aligned on silicon revision 1.3. So update get_cpu_rev to correct the
revision.
0x00630002 Silicon revision 1.2
0x00630005 Silicon revision 1.3
0x00630006 Silicon revision 1.6
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch fixes not enabled uart2 (and hence serial console) on i.MX53
devices. After following commit 1d255904c3 ("ARM: dts: imx: imx53:
Synchronize iMX53 DT with Linux") from the uart2 compatible the
'fsl,imx7d-uart' has been removed (which was correct).
However, the root cause of the problem was the commit 98d62e618b ("arm:
imx: add i.MX53 Beckhoff CX9020 Embedded PC") which introduced this
compatible.
Moreover, without this patch all i.MX53 UARTs are not usable as neither
'fsl,imx53-uart' nor 'fsl,imx21-uart' are in compatible IDs in
drivers/serial/serial_mxc.c file.
The fix is to add 'fsl,imx53-uart' and 'fsl,imx21-uart' as compatibles
for the aforementioned serial driver (those are also defined in the Linux
kernel).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch disables support for running EFI applications on HSC|DDC boards.
As a result - considerable size reduction (~14%) has been observed (for
for u-boot-dtb.imx 475KiB to 407KiB).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Configure fitImage for U-Boot with a device tree for imx6 quad/dual
and duallite/solo. This enables to support the imx6 derivates
quad/dual/duallite/solo with a single binary.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This device tree adds support for DHCOM iMX6 duallite and solo
deriviates.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
To use the device tree definitions imx6q-dhcom-som.dtsi for all imx6 derivatives rename
it to imx6qdl-dhcom.dtsi. We omit the '-som', because it simplifies further mainlinening
of already existing device trees.
To reuse board level common stuff imx6qdl-dhcom-pdk2.dtsi is created and included by
imx6q-dhcom-pdk2.dts.
Signed-off-by Ludwig Zenz <lzenz@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
1. Introduce androidboot wrapper for booting AOSP.
2. Add partitions_android env var for simplifying the process of
writing new gpt table from U-boot shell/fastboot.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
The gpio command currently uses equal bank names "GPIO0_"
for all existing gpio banks, i. e.:
U-Boot# gpio status -a
Bank GPIO0_:
GPIO0_0: input: 0 [ ]
GPIO0_1: output: 1 [x] dbg1.gpios
...
Bank GPIO0_:
GPIO0_0: input: 0 [ ]
GPIO0_1: input: 0 [ ]
...
So the command is broken, it is not possible to address
a desired bank. Add gpio aliases to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
imx6ul-isiot-mmc.dts was removed in uboot version v2018.03 and from then
onwards IMX6UL isiot uses imx6ul-isiot-emmc.dts for mmc, so remove
unnecessary check for mmc.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
We never really added a sensible DFU configuration for platforms
based on eMMC. Most of the things one might want to do can also be done
with UMS or fastboot, so drop the DFU configuration.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Secure boot is not enabled in mx6sxsabresd imximage.cfg, add support
for it.
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable CONFIG_ARMV7_BOOT_SEC_DEFAULT by default to avoid a kernel
crash when booting NXP linux kernels in non-secure world,
when job ring device allocation is done by CAAM hw accelerator driver:
caam 30900000.caam: job rings = 3, qi = 0
caam_jr 30901000.jr0: failed to flush job ring 0
caam_jr: probe of 30901000.jr0 failed with error -5
caam_jr 30902000.jr1: failed to flush job ring 1
caam_jr: probe of 30902000.jr1 failed with error -5
caam_jr 30903000.jr2: failed to flush job ring 2
caam_jr: probe of 30903000.jr2 failed with error -5
caam algorithms registered in /proc/crypto
Job Ring Device allocation for transform failed
caam 30900000.caam: caam pkc algorithms registered in /proc/crypto
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000010
pgd = c0004000
[00000010] *pgd=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 5 [#1] PREEMPT SMP ARM
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Tainted:
Hardware name: Freescale i.MX7 Dual (Device Tree)
task: ec0d8000 task.stack: ec0ce000
PC is at caam_sm_startup+0x3f8/0x4f4
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
The DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC shall be set unconditionally as this driver is going
to be re-used in both early SPL and U-Boot proper's pre-reloc.
For i.MX based devices it is crucial to have available the serial console
before relocation (otherwise the board may hand).
The device definition may be provided either via device tree description or
with U_BOOT_DEVICE(mxc_serial) definition. In the latter case the device
will not bind in U-Boot proper when DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC is not set.
The !CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_CONTROL) #if check was set as a "workaround" for
DM problem described in following commit 4687919684
("serial: Remove DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag in various drivers").
Let's look on this check more thoroughly - we add this flag if the board
doesn't support OF_CONTROL. This is a bit strange as the serial_mxc.c can
be used with CONFIG_DM_SERIAL but without corresponding device tree
description (OF_CONTROL). In such case the aforementioned
U_BOOT_DEVICE(mxc_serial) definition is used.
Other boards/SoCs have this flag set unconditionally for serial driver.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add DM and DT probing support to iMX watchdog driver. This should
allow boards to move over to this driver, enable SYSRESET_WATCHDOG
to handle cpu_reset() if required.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(WDT) to permit use of WDT in SPL without DM,
while the full U-Boot can use rich DM/DT WDT driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Suniel Mahesh <sunil.m@techveda.org>
Before the wide DM/DTS adoption in the U-Boot proper, the display5
has been using only DM_SERIAL to provide serial console in
pre-relocation.
After moving to full DM/DTS adoption in the U-Boot proper the
U_BOOT_DEVICE definition is not needed anymore, as it has been
replaced with udevice creation from provided DTS description.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This file setups UART5 based serial to be used as pre-relocation
console in the U-Boot proper.
On purpose pinux configuration is omitted here as it has been already
done in SPL. For early pre-relocation code we only need the serial
device from DTS.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit ports from Linux kernel - tag: v5.1 - the device tree
description for display5 board.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Porting more DTS code from Linux kernel for display5 board required
increase of pre-relocation malloc pool size in U-Boot proper.
The early malloc memory is necessary for handling parsing and setup of
e.g. serial port device (and all its ancestors in DT tree).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After commit 14453fbfad ("Convert CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_* to Kconfig")
and commit abe66b1b5d ("Convert CONFIG_ENV_SPI_* to Kconfig") ,which
moved some SPI related CONFIG_* defines to Kconfig the display5 board has
become unbootable as the SPI CS check condition had wrong value.
This commit fixes this check and allows proper SPI NOR flash operation in
SPL.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit just corrects spelling of 'accessed' word in the EEPROM
comment.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Some comments are not needed anymore after Kconfig automated conversion.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
SPL on Engicam i.Core M6 boards enabled DM, so it would require some
malloc() pool before relocation in order to load U-Boot proper properly.
So, enable SPL malloc() pool of 0x2000 size similarly like what we have
used for icore mmc defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
This function sets the polarity of the PWR signal which is not used on
the opos6uldev board. Remove it.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
This commit updates the doc/README.falcon regarding Falcon boot on
NOR flash memories.
This code is used by MCCMON6 board - so for more details please refer to
configs/mccmon6_nor_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This option will provide the offset in the parallel NOR flash memory to,
which the falcon boot data is stored.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit makes the CMD_SPL_NAND_OFS only visible when we use NAND
memory.
Before this change it was present when only CMD_SPL was enabled (and
would stay when board with other falcon boot medium is used).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
mccmon6 works in 10/100 MiB Ethernet environment, so disabling 1GiB support
improves robustness of the network after power up (as one don't need to
wait for autoneg).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
On i.MX7ULP B0, the DDR clock target is increased from 320Mhz to 380Mhz.
We update DDR clock relevant settings to approach the target. But since the
limitation on LCDIF pix clock for HDMI output
(refer "mx7ulp_evk: Change APLL and its PFD0 frequencies"), we set DDR
clock to 352.8Mhz (25.2Mhz * 14) by using the clock path:
APLL PFD0 -> DDR CLK -> NIC0 -> NIC1 -> LCDIF clock
To reduce the impact to entire system, the NIC0_DIV and NIC1_DIV are kept,
so the divider 14 is calculated as:
14 = (NIC0_DIV + 1) * (NIC1_DIV + 1) * (LCDIF_PCC_DIV + 1)
NIC0_DIV: 1
NIC1_DIV: 0
LCDIF_PCC_DIV: 6
APLL and APLL PFD0 settings:
PFD0 FRAC: 27
APLL MULT: 22
APLL NUM: 1
APLL DENOM: 20
This patch applies the new settings for both DCD and plugin.
There is no DDR script change on this new frequency.
Overnight memtester is passed.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Due to the APLL out glitch issue, the APLLCFG PLLS bit must
be set to select SCG1 APLL PFD for generating system clock to align
with the design.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To support HDMI display on EVK board, the LCDIF pix clock must be
25.2Mhz. Since the its PCC divider range is from 1-8, the max rate
of LCDIF PCC source clock is 201.6Mhz. This limits the source clock
must from NIC1 bus clock or NIC1 clock, other sources from APLL PFDs
are higher than this max rate.
The NIC1 bus clock and NIC1 clock are from DDRCLK whose parent source
is APLL PFD0, so we must change the APLL PFD0 and have impact to DDRCLK,
NIC1 and NIC1 bus.
Eventually, this requests to set the APLL PFD0 frequency to 302.4Mhz
(25.2 * 12), with settings:
PFD0 FRAC: 32
APLL MULT: 22
APLL NUM: 2
APLL DENOM: 5
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Fancy Fang <chen.fang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update LPDDR3 script with the changes below:
-Update the precharge command to CMD=01 at the DDR initialization phase
-remove unimplemented registers
Write data bit delay --refer to the DDR_TRIM bits in
IOMUXC1_DDR_SW_PAD_CTL_PAD_DDRn
Test:
One EVK board passes overnight stress test.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For the current APLL setting, as we want the APLL PFD0 to meet DDR clock 320Mhz requirement.
We set MULT to 20, NUM to 4 and DENOM to 2, to get final 22 multiplier. But according to the RM,
the NUM should always be less than the DENOM. So our setting violates the rule.
Actually the ROM has already set the MULT to 22 and leave NUM/DENOM in default value. The calculated APLL PFD0 clock
is 318.9888Mhz, which also meet the DDR requirement.
To fix the issue, we remove the PLL settings in DCD to use default value from ROM, and only set the PFD0 FRAC.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If no CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR is provided i.e. you are not loading OPTEE
into memory in u-boot, then just set the non-existent CONFIG option to
zero, elsewise stringify(CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR) will return
"CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR" - which looks weird in the u-boot environment.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
In the Mbed Linux OS bootflow OP-TEE runs before u-boot and provides a DTB
overlay at 0x83100000.
This overlay should subsequently be merged into the main DTB before handing
over to the kernel.
This patch defines fdtovaddr at 0x83100000.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
This commit enables CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY a requirement to perform a
merge of an OPTEE provided DTB overlay into our main kernel DTB image.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
In order to switch on DTB overlay support in WaRP7 BL33 we first need to
switch on LIBFDT support. Do that now.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reusing the loadaddr to load the boot script breaks some of the logic we
want to have around the bootscript/FIT load addresses. Making a dedicated
bootscript address allows us to differentiate the bootscript load address
from the Linux Kernel or OPTEE load address, thus ensuring that no matter
what the load sequence the bootscript and Kernel/OPTEE binary load
addresses do not conflict.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
When obtaining the bootscript from a FIT image we need to specify the name
of the bootscript as defined inside of the FIT.
This patch makes a define that appends a "bootscr" parameter to the source
command when compiling up in FIT mode on warp7.
An environment variable is supplied to enable others to use a different
name than "bootscr" as the image name of the boot script in their FIT.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
This patch switches on FIT verification of boot.scr. After this commit your
boot.scr must be in the FIT format.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
BD71837 and BD71847 is PMIC intended for powering single-core,
dual-core, and quad-core SoC’s such as NXP-i.MX 8M. BD71847
is used for example on NXP imx8mm EVK.
Add regulator driver for ROHM BD71837 and BD71847 PMICs.
BD71837 contains 8 bucks and 7 LDOS. BD71847 is reduced
version containing 6 bucks and 6 LDOs. Voltages for DVS
bucks (1-4 on BD71837, 1 and 2 on BD71847) can be adjusted
when regulators are enabled. For other bucks and LDOs we may
have over- or undershooting if voltage is adjusted when
regulator is enabled. Thus this is prevented by default.
BD718x7 has a quirk which may leave power output disabled
after reset if enable/disable state was controlled by SW.
Thus the SW control is only allowed for BD71837 bucks
3 and 4 by default. The impact of this limitation must be
evaluated board-by board and restrictions may need to be
modified. (Linux driver get's these limitations from DT and we
may want to implement same on u-Boot driver).
Signed-off-by: Matti Vaittinen <matti.vaittinen@fi.rohmeurope.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 32ce6179fb ("optee: Add lib entries for sharing OPTEE code across
ports") adds code into lib/optee but neglects to update MAINTAINERS to make
me buggable for questions and maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
When booting in BL33 mode i.e. with u-boot loaded by OP-TEE we get the
following print-out.
Board: WARP7 in secure mode OPTEE DRAM 0xa0000000-0xa0000000
This is incorrect the right range is 0x9e000000-0xa0000000. This patch
fixes the defines on the warp7_bl33_defconfig file to tidy up the output.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Commit c7b3a7ee53 ("optee: adjust dependencies and default values for
dram") makes the TZDRAM defines for OPTEE show up for all configs as a
side-effect. While not harmful its not what we really want.
This patch makes the following defines contingent on CONFIG_OPTEE=y
CONFIG_OPTEE_TZDRAM_BASE
CONFIG_OPTEE_TZDRAM_SIZE
Rightly, if you don't have CONFIG_OPTEE=y you don't care about the above
two defines.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
The code responsible for setting proper values in the MUX registers
(in the mxs_pinctrl_set_state()) has been ported from Linux kernel
- SHA1: 17bb763e7eaf tag v5.1.11 from linux-stable.
As the pinctrl node in the imx28.dtsi file has gpio pins nodes as subnodes,
it was necessary to use 'dm_scan_fdt_dev()' (as a .bind method) to also
make them 'visible' by the DM's "gpio_mxs" driver.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch adds support for DM/DTS in the mxs_gpio.c driver.
Information regarding per gpio controller pin number is passed via DTS.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Those properties are U-Boot specific as the mxs gpio Linux driver (up to
version v5.1.11) is not supporting them.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The fec_mxc.c driver can be reused by i.MX28 when DM_ETH is enabled.
One only needs to add proper compatible and dependency on FEC_MXC in the
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch copies from the Linux kernel stable (tag v5.1.11)
SHA1: 17bb763e7eaf i.MX28 related device tree files.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Since the board uses SPL_OF_CONTROL now, we don't need to
explicitly initialize the MMC driver, but we still need to
pinmux the corresponding pins. This patch removes the
initialization code and leave just the muxing behind.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With the spl code correctly returning either MMC1 or MMC2,
this board can not boot either from internal eMMC (MMC1) or
the uSD card on the baseboard (MMC2) using the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Currently, when the spl_boot_device checks the boot device, it
will only return MMC1 when it's either sd or eMMC regardless
of whether or not it's MMC1 or MMC2. This is a problem when
booting from MMC2 if MMC isn't being manually configured like in
the DM_SPL case with SPL_OF_CONTROL.
This patch will check the register and return either MMC1 or MMC2.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Writing/updating boot image in nand device is not
straight forward in i.MX6 platform and it requires
boot control block(BCB) to be configured.
It becomes difficult to use uboot 'nand' command to
write BCB since it requires platform specific attributes
need to be taken care of.
It is even difficult to use existing msx-nand.c driver by
incorporating BCB attributes like mxs_dma_desc does
because it requires change in mtd and nand command.
So, cmd_nandbcb implemented in arch/arm/mach-imx
BCB contains two data structures, Firmware Configuration Block(FCB)
and Discovered Bad Block Table(DBBT). FCB has nand timings,
DBBT search area, page address of firmware.
On summary, nandbcb update will
- erase the entire partition
- create BCB by creating 2 FCB/DBBT block followed by
1 FW block based on partition size and erasesize.
- fill FCB/DBBT structures
- write FW/SPL on FW1
- write FCB/DBBT in first 2 blocks
for nand boot, up on reset bootrom look for FCB structure in
first block's if FCB found the nand timings are loaded for
further reads. once FCB read done, DTTB will load and finally
firmware will be loaded which is boot image.
Refer section "NAND Boot" from doc/imx/common/imx6.txt for more usage
information.
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Kubushyn <ksi@koi8.net>
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <shyam.saini@amarulasolutions.com>
This patch provides code to implement the CCF clock tree in sandbox. It
uses all the introduced primitives; some generic ones are reused, some
sandbox specific were developed.
In that way (after introducing the real CCF tree in sandbox) the recently
added to clk-uclass.c: clk_get_by_id() and clk_get_parent_rate() are tested
in their natural work environment.
Usage (sandbox_defconfig and sandbox_flattree_defconfig):
./u-boot --fdt arch/sandbox/dts/test.dtb --command "ut dm clk_ccf"
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The generic mux clock code for CCF requires reading the clock multiplexer
value from HW registers. As sandbox by design has readl() as no-op it was
necessary to provide this value in the other way.
The new field in the mux structure (accessible only when sandbox is run)
has been introduced for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The generic divider clock code for CCF requires reading the divider value
from HW registers. As sandbox by design has readl() as no-op it was
necessary to provide this value in the other way.
The new field in the divider structure (accessible only when sandbox is
run) has been introduced for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This patch adds the 'osc' fixed clock to facilitate the CCF testing in
the sandbox U-Boot. It is a starting point for building CCF hierarchy of
clocks.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
If the CLK_GET_RATE_NOCACHE flag is set - the clk_get_parent_rate()
provides recalculated clock value without considering the cache setting.
This may be necessary for some clocks tightly coupled with power domains
(i.e. imx8), and prevents from reading invalid cached values.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch brings the files from Linux kernel (linux-stable/linux-5.1.y
SHA1: 5752b50477da)to provide clocks support as it is used on the Linux
kernel with Common Clock Framework [CCF] setup.
The directory structure has been preserved. The ported code only supports
reading information from PLL, MUX, Divider, etc and enabling/disabling
the clocks USDHCx/ECSPIx depending on used bus. Moreover, it is agnostic
to the alias numbering as the information about the clock is read from the
device tree.
One needs to pay attention to the comments indicating necessary for U-Boot's
driver model changes.
If needed, the code can be extended to support the "set" part of the clock
management.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This commit adds the clk_get_by_id() function, which is responsible
for getting the udevice with matching clk->id. Such approach allows
re-usage of inherit DM list relationship for the same class (UCLASS_CLK).
As a result - we don't need any other external list - it is just enough
to look for UCLASS_CLK related udevices.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit adds the clk_get_parent_rate() function, which is responsible
for getting the rate of parent clock.
Unfortunately, u-boot's DM support for getting parent is different
(the parent relationship is in udevice) than the one in Common Clock
Framework [CCF] in Linux.
To alleviate this problem - the clk_get_parent_rate() function has been
introduced to clk-uclass.c.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit adds the clk_get_parent() function, which is responsible
for getting the parent's struct clock pointer.
U-Boot's DM support for getting parent is different (the parent
relationship is in udevice) than the one in Common Clock Framework [CCF]
in Linux. To obtain the pointer to struct clk of parent the
pdev->uclass_priv field is read via dev_get_clk_ptr() wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Up till now the fixed rate clock ('osc') has been added to UCLASS_CLK
without declaring struct clk. As a result it was only accessible by
iterating the udevice's uclass list.
This is a problem for clock code, which operates on pointers to struct
clk (like clk_get_rate()), not udevices.
After this change struct clk is accessible from udevice and udevice from
struct clk.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit extends the struct clk to provide information regarding the
flags related to this devices.
Those flags are clk device agnostic and indicate generic features
(like e.g. CLK_GET_RATE_NOCACHE - the need to always recalculate the rate).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This commit extends the struct clk to provide information regarding the
clock rate.
As a result the clock tree traversal is performed at most once, and further
reads are using the cached value.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This check requires the struct clk passed to .get_rate() to be always
cleared out as any clock with valid ID causes -EINVAL return value.
The return code of fixed clocks shall always be returned.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There is no UCLASS_CLOCK uclass defined. Instead we do use the UCLASS_CLK.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch describes the design decisions considerations and taken approach
for porting in a separate documentation entry.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Macpaul have left Andestech for a while, and this mail address
macpaul@andestech.com can not received mail anymore.
It might encounter account creation problem in this switching
to gitlab about nds32 tree.
So change the nds32 maintainer as Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: KC Lin <kclin@andestech.com>
Due changes in DT bindings, we now embed DTB from Linux-5.3 (or
higher) in OpenSBI FW_PAYLOAD along with payload u-boot.bin. This
patch updates SiFive FU540 README to reflect the changes in build
and boot steps.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <Alistair.Francis@wdc.com>
This patch extends SiFive FU540 board support to setup ethaddr
env variable based on board serialnum read from OTP.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The GEMGXL clock driver is now directly part of Cadence MACB
ethernet driver in upstream Linux kernel. There is no separate
GEMGXL clock driver in upstream Linux kernel hence we drop
GEMGXL clock driver from U-Boot as well.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The DT bindings of SiFive clock driver in upstream Linux has
changes. As-per latest DT bindings, the clock driver takes two
parent clocks and compatible string has also changed.
This patch sync-up SiFive clock driver implementation as-per
upstream Linux so that we now use latest DT bindings.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The location and license header of DT bindings header for SiFive
clock driver has changed in upstream Linux hence this patch.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Now that SiFive clock driver is merged in upstream Linux, we
sync-up WRPLL library used by SiFive clock driver with upstream
Linux sources.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To match SiFive clock driver with latest Linux, we factor-out PLL
library as separate module under drivers/clk/analogbits.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add stride computation for the sdram which support
single channel a
This configuration available in NanoPi NEO4 and the
same can work with existing rk3399-sdram-ddr3-1866.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
stride value from sdram timings can be computed dynamically
based on the determined capacity for the given channel.
Right now these stride values are taken as part of sdram timings
via dtsi, but it possible to use same timings dtsi for given
frequency even though the configured board sdram do support
single channel with different size by dynamically detect the
stride value.
Example, NanoPi NEO4 do have DDR3-1866, but with single channel
and 1GB size with dynamic stride detection it is possible to
use existing rk3399-sdram-ddr3-1866.dtsi whose stride,
number of channels and capacity it support is d efferent.
So, add initial support to calculate the stride value for
2 channels sdram, which is available by default on existing
boards.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add code to print the channel stride, this would help to
print the stride of associated channel.
Here is sample print on LPDDR4, 50MHz.
256B stride
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add code to get the channel capacity, this would help to
print the capacity of specific channel.
Here is sample print on LPDDR4, 50MHz channel 0
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sdram ddr info print support, this would help to
observe the sdram base parameters.
Here is sample print on LPDDR4, 50MHz channel 0
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add sdram driver to handle debug across rockchip SoCs.
This would help to improve code debugging feature for
sdram drivers in rockchip family, whoever wants to
debug the driver should call these core debug code on
their respective platform sdram drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Right now sdram drivers in rockchip SoC are built based
on the SoC configs which may not be an adequate solutions
while adding common or debug driver.
So, add meaningful Kconfig options start with rk3399.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for pctl start for both channel 0, 1 control
and phy registers.
This would also handle pwrup_srefresh_exit init based
on the channel number.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add pwrup_srefresh_exit to be part of dram_info so-that
the it can help to support pwrup_srefresh_exit in individual
channels while starting pctl in future.
No functionality change.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number, this would keep
the wdql data training loop based on the desired rank mask
value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rank_mask based on the rank number, this would keep
the ca data training loop based on the desired rank mask
value instead of looping for all values.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Clear the PI_175 interrupts before processing actual
data training in all relevant calls.
This would help to clear interrupt from previous training.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
data trainings calls like ca, wl, rg, rl, wdql have proper
return types with -EIO and the return type missed to handle
in data_training function.
This patch, add proper return type checks along with useful
debug statement on each data training calls.
Incidentally this would help to prevent the sdram initialization
hang for single channel dram and when the code is trying to
initialize second channel with proper return type of relevant
data training call might failed.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- CHECK: spaces preferred around that '*'
- CHECK: spaces preferred around that '/'
- CHECK: space preferred before that '|'
- WARNING: macros should not use a trailing semicolon
- CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'fbdiv <= min_fbdiv'
- CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'parent->id == SCLK_MAC'
- CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'parent->dev == clk->dev'
- WARNING: line over 80 characters
- CHECK: Prefer kernel type 'u8' over 'uint8_t'
- Add proper macro definitions arrangements
Note: there are still line over 80 characters and other warnings but
fixing those making code look unreadable, so I kept it as it is.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
dramtype enum numbers as common across all dram controllers
in rockchip, so move the eneum values in common header.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move common sdram structures like sdram_cap_info, sdram_base_params
into sdram_common header, this would help to reuse the same
from another controllers like px30.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Most of the ddr parameters are common in rk3399_base_params
structure and which would reuse it in another controller like
px30 in future.
So, rename the structure from rk3399_base_params into
sdram_base_params.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: YouMin Chen <cym@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Group common ddr attributes like
- rank
- col
- bk
- bw
- dbw
- row_3_4
- cs0_row
- cs1_row
- ddrconfig
into a common cap_info structure for more code readability and extend
if possible based on the new features.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rename variable name of struct rk3399_sdram_params
from sdram_params with params for more code readability.
No functionality change.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- Add proper spaces in data training, rk3399_dmc_init, pctl_cfg
- Order include files
- Move macro after include files
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fix checkpatch warninigs on sdram_rk3399.c like
- Avoid CamelCase
- Unnecessary parentheses
- Alignment should match open parenthesis
- multiple blank lines
- misspelled
- spaces preferred around that '>>'
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <Kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3399 use sdhci for eMMC and DW MMC for SD Card, and
spl will only try to boot from SDMMC if we don't specify
other boot device for spl-boot-order. So add sdhci and sdmmc
for spl-boot-order here.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
As the Rock960 doesn't have an onboard wired ethernet interface
it's useful to have some common USB wired ethernet devices added
to enable testing.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Remove RK3399 compatible strings as this driver is no longer
used on that SoC.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Configure USB2 PHY register based on "phy_type" property and
handle all the quirks that are relevant for Rockchip RK3399 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add compatible string for RK3399 and enable it by default on
Rockchip platforms with USB3 support.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The "simple" OF glue layer for the Designware USB3 core enables
all refernced clocks. These need to be need to be implemented
otherwise the driver fails to probe. A dummy implementation
that simply returns success is sufficient since the RK3399 comes
out of reset with all clock gates open.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The inline functions net_read_u32() and net_copy_u32() have been created to
copy unaligned u32. But this is not obvious to the compiler. GCC 9.1
introduces a check -Werror=address-of-packed-member which leads to a build
error on Travis CI:
net/bootp.c: In function ‘dhcp_send_request_packet’:
net/bootp.c:1011:27: error: taking address of packed member of
‘struct bootp_hdr’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
1011 | net_copy_u32(&bp->bp_id, &bp_offer->bp_id);
Change the type of the function parameters to void * to avoid the build
error.
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
include/net.h currently has no maintainer.
Assign include/net.h to the maintainer of the NET subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The designware eth driver registers an mdio bus during probe, but if no
PHY is found, this bus is never removed although probe failes and the
driver is shown as not probed in the dm tree.
This later leads to errors when e.g. the mii or mdio commands try to
use available mdio buses because the mdio bus is still registered but
all corresponding data structures are invalid because probe failed.
Fix this by unregistering the mdio bus on probe failure (just as it is
unregistered in the .remove callback, too).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Calling 'mdio read ...' currently leads to a data abort when no mdio
bus is found.
To fix this, check if 'bus' is a valid pointer before accessing it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds a test using a makeshift MDIO MUX. The test is based on the existing
MDIO test. It uses the last emulated PHY register to verify MUX selection.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adds a short bindings document describing the expected structure of a MDIO
MUX dts node. This is based on Linux binding and the example is in fact
copied from there.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adds a class for MDIO MUXes, which control access to a series of
downstream child MDIOs.
MDIO MUX drivers are required to implement a select function used to switch
between child buses.
MUX children are registered as MDIO buses and they can be used just like
regular MDIOs.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Added a comment on the limitations of phy_find_by_mask API when scanning
MDIO buses with multiple PHYs present. Added short descriptions to the
other APIs in phy.h for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Current code fails to probe some C45 PHYs that also respond to C22 reads.
This is the case for PHYs like Aquantia AQR112, Marvell 88X2242 (as
previously posted on the u-boot list).
If the PHY ID reads all 0s just ignore it and try the next devad.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
- Various FS/disk related fixes with security implications.
- Proper fix for the pci_ep test.
- Assorted bugfixes
- Some MediaTek updates.
- 'env erase' support.
barno was mistakely readed from the target structure,
resulting in undefined behavious depending on the previous memory
content. fix that.
Fixes: bb41333782 ("pci_ep: add pci endpoint sandbox driver")
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Drop unused bar_idx]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Removed one of the defconfig(obsoleted) file
and unused CONFIG_MMC_SPI definition to avoid confusion
about if this board using non-DM stuff or not.
uCP1020 is completely DM free board, tested and runs well.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Zhadan <oleks@arcturusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Durrant <mdurrant@arcturusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some storage devices have multiple hw partitions and both address from
zero, for example eMMC.
However currently block cache invalidation only applies to block
write/erase.
This can cause a problem that data of current hw partition is cached
before switching to another hw partition. And the following read
operation of the latter hw partition will get wrong data when reading
from the addresses that have been cached previously.
To solve this problem, invalidate block cache after a successful
select_hwpart operation.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The timer0 node has its two clocks written in reversed order. The timer0
is used as the tick timer which causes a problem that the time a delay
function used is 4 times longer.
This patch reverses these two clocks to solve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
We don't need a full checkout of Chrome OS to build U-Boot with
Chromium OS verified boot. Update the instructions accordingly and fix a
typo which joins the output directory and defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch sets CNTVOFF of ARM CP15 timer to zero to make sure the virtual
counter is fully usable for linux kernel.
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
In ext4fs_read_file in ext4fs.c, a memset can overwrite the bounds of
the destination memory region. This patch adds a check to disallow
this.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
This patch checks for 0 in several ext4 headers and gracefully
fails instead of raising a divide-by-0 exception.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
in ext4fs_read_file, it is possible for a broken/malicious file
system to cause a memcpy of a negative number of bytes, which
overflows all memory. This patch fixes the issue by checking for
a negative length.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
ext_cache_read doesn't null cache->buf, after freeing, which results
in a later function double-freeing it. This patch fixes
ext_cache_read to call ext_cache_fini instead of free.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
part_get_info_extended and print_partition_extended can recurse infinitely
while parsing a self-referential filesystem or one with a silly number of
extended partitions. This patch adds a limit to the number of recursive
partitions.
Signed-off-by: Paul Emge <paulemge@forallsecure.com>
libvirt v.5.3.0 with QEMU 4.0.0 or above uses PCI automatically and
thus devices (network, storage, etc) are connected via PCI.
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If U-Boot is loaded and started from TF-A (you need to change
SYS_TEXT_BASE to 0x60000000), it will hang up at flash initialization.
If secure mode is off (default, or -machine virt,secure=off) at qemu,
it will provide dtb with two flash memory banks:
flash@0 {
bank-width = <0x4>;
reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x4000000 0x0 0x4000000 0x0 0x4000000>;
compatible = "cfi-flash";
};
If secure mode is on, on the other hand, qemu provides dtb with 1 bank:
flash@0 {
bank-width = <0x4>;
reg = <0x0 0x4000000 0x0 0x4000000>;
compatible = "cfi-flash";
};
As a result, flash_init()/flash_get_size() will eventually fail.
With this patch applied, relevant CONFIG values are modified.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently, CONFIG_TFABOOT is located in armv8/fsl-layerscape Kconfig,
but it will be also useful for other targets if some additional
configuration are necessary.
So move it to arch/arm/Kconfig.
Please note that CONFIG_TFABOOT still depends on
CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORT_TFABOOT and so the menu won't come up
if any target doesn't need its own customization for TF-A boot.
This will maintain the compatibility.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Cc: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Cc: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Ma <peng.ma@nxp.com>
Cc: Yuantian Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Cc: Pankit Garg <pankit.garg@nxp.com>
At the moment mkenvimage has two separate read paths: One to read from
a potential pipe, while dynamically increasing the buffer size, and a
second one using mmap(2), using the input file's size. This is
problematic for two reasons:
- The "pipe" path will be chosen if the input filename is missing or
"-". Any named, but non-regular file will use the other path, which
typically will cause mmap() to fail:
$ mkenvimage -s 256 -o out <(echo "foo=bar")
- There is no reason to have *two* ways of reading a file, since the
"pipe way" will always work, even for regular files.
Fix this (and simplify the code on the way) by always using the method
of dynamically resizing the buffer. The existing distinction between
the two cases will merely be used to use the open() syscall or not.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
It is perfectly fine for the read(2) syscall to return with less than
the requested number of bytes read (short read, see the "RETURN VALUE"
section of the man page). This typically happens with slow input
(keyboard, network) or with complex pipes.
So far mkenvimage expects the exact number of requested bytes to be
read, assuming an end-of-file condition otherwise. This wrong behaviour
can be easily shown with:
$ (echo "foo=bar"; sleep 1; echo "bar=baz") | mkenvimage -s 256 -o out -
The second line will be missing from the output.
Correct this by checking for any positive, non-zero return value.
This fixes a problem with a complex pipe in one of my scripts, where
the environment consist of two parts.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
sgdisk 0.8.10.2 from AOSP doesn't support short options, failing with
errors like this:
sgdisk: invalid option -- 'U'
Test fails due to that error. Let's use long options to make the test
work with any sgdisk version.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
this adds erase environment for mmc storage
squashed fixes:
- add CONFIG_CMD_ERASEENV
- env: erase redundant offset if defined
- changes mentioned by Simon
- fix whitespaces around errmsg
Suggested-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
this patch adds basic changes for adding a erase-subcommand to env
with this command the environment stored on non-volatile storage written
by saveenv can be cleared.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
squashed fixes
- start message with "Erasing"
- mark erase-function as optional
- env: separate eraseenv from saveenv
Suggested-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
The autocompletion did not work if CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT was enabled
because U-Boot was comparing the prompt string with CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT .
While this works if CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT is disabled, this no longer
works if it's enabled because user can override the PS1 . Fix this by
checking prompt string against the current PS1 value.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Drivers need to be able to enable regulators that may be implemented as
GPIO regulators. Example: fsl_esdhc enables the vqmmc supply which is
commonly implemented as a GPIO regulator in order to switch between I/O
voltage levels.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schwermer <sven@svenschwermer.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
In preparation of being able to enable/disable GPIO regulators, the
code that will be shared among the two kinds to regulators is factored
out into its own source files.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schwermer <sven@svenschwermer.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
When a crash occurs in thumb mode the crash dump is incorrect. This is due
to the usage of a non-existing configuration variable CONFIG_ARM_THUMB in
the definition of macro thumb_mode(regs).
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SYS_THUMB_BUILD) to detect that the code has been
compiled for thumb mode. Remove ARM_THUMB from config_whitelist.txt.
With the patch crash dumps indicate thumb mode correctly.
On a system with thumb mode:
=> exception unaligned
data abort
pc : [<8f7a2b52>] lr : [<8f7ab1ef>]
reloc pc : [<1780cb52>] lr : [<178151ef>]
sp : 8ed8c3f8 ip : 8f7a2b4d fp : 00000002
r10: 8f7f8228 r9 : 8ed95ea8 r8 : 8ed99488
r7 : 8f7ab141 r6 : 00000000 r5 : 8ed8c3f9 r4 : 8f7f6390
r3 : 8ed9948c r2 : 00000001 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 8f7f6390
Flags: nzCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32 (T)
Code: 8f7e 466d f105 0501 (e9d5) 6700
The Flags line has '(T)' and in the Code line the output is in u16 groups.
On a system without thumb mode:
=> exception breakpoint
prefetch abort
pc : [<7ff5a5c8>] lr : [<7ff675ec>]
reloc pc : [<0000e5c8>] lr : [<0001b5ec>]
sp : 7ee0ad80 ip : 7ff5a5cc fp : 7ff674cc
r10: 00000002 r9 : 7ef0bed8 r8 : 7ffd6214
r7 : 7ef0e080 r6 : 00000000 r5 : 7ffd4090 r4 : 00000000
r3 : 7ef0e084 r2 : 00000001 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 7ffd4090
Flags: nzCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Code: e1a0500d e2855001 e1c560d0 e3a00001 (e12fff1e)
The Flags line does not show '(T)' and in the Code line the output is in
u32 groups.
Reported-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
JOURNAL is optional for EXT4 (and EXT3) filesystems, so add support for
skipping it. This fixes corrupting EXT4 volumes without JOURNAL after
using uboot's 'ext4write' command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The block count entry in the EXT4 filesystem disk structures uses
standard 512-bytes units for most of the typical files. The only
exception are HUGE files, which use the filesystem block size, but those
are not supported by uboot's EXT4 implementation anyway. This patch fixes
the EXT4 code to use proper unit count for inode block count. This fixes
errors reported by fsck.ext4 on disks with non-standard (i.e. 4KiB, in
case of new flash drives) PHYSICAL block size after using 'ext4write'
uboot's command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Add an implementation of the ds3231 driver that uses the driver
model i2c APIs.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
There are multiple other openssl engines used by HSMs that can be used to
sign FIT images instead of forcing users to use pkcs11 type of service.
Relax engine selection so that other openssl engines can be specified and
use generic key id definition formula.
Signed-off-by: Vesa Jääskeläinen <vesa.jaaskelainen@vaisala.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This brings in a small update to our Travis-CI config file and
introduces a GitLab CI file. Currently they have the same functionality
and the plan currently is to migrate away from Travis-CI.
To better allow for parallelization of the world build job split things
into 32bit ARM (687 boards), 64bit ARM (215), PowerPC (311 boards) and
everything else (167 boards).
While the 32bit ARM job is heavier than I would like, there is not a
natural split that would reduce it in half or so without requiring the
sort of hard to maintain splits we have to do in Travis CI.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate all of the logic in our current .travis.yml file to a GitLab CI
config file. Notable changes are that this will run the jobs on runners
with the "all" tag. The timeout for a job needs to be configured higher
than normal as we no longer split building the world up into a large
number of small jobs but instead perform one big build job. We make use
of stages so that we build and run all of the QEMU + test.py tests first
in order to increase the chance that any problems will be found before
starting the final big build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
mt25qu512a is rebranded after its spinoff from STM, so it is
different only in term of extended jedec ID, initial JEDEC id
is same as that of n25q512a.In order to avoid any confussion
with respect to name new entry is added.
This flash is tested for Single I/O mode on LS1046FRWY although
it also support QUAD I/O.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This patch adds SiFive SPI driver. The driver is 100% DM driver
and it determines input clock using clk framework.
The SiFive SPI block is found on SiFive FU540 SOC and is used to
access flash and MMC devices on SiFive Unleashed board.
This driver implementation is inspired from the Linux SiFive SPI
driver available in Linux-5.2 or higher and SiFive FSBL sources.
Signed-off-by: Bhargav Shah <bhargavshah1988@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Most DM based SPI host controller drivers use SPI_XFER_BEGIN and
SPI_XFER_END flags to enable/disable slave chip select.
This patch extends MMC SPI driver to pass SPI_XFER_BEGIN flag when
MMC command is send at start and pass SPI_XFER_END flag using a
dummy transfer (of bitlen = 0) at the end of MMC command.
Suggested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Sagar Kadam <sagar.kadam@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
During QSPI reads, current is_controller_busy function sporadically
fails with -ETIMEDOUT due to fixed number of 5 test loops. Using
timer functions to wait 1000 us instead will fix this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Schaefer <thomas.schaefer@kontron.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When slave drivers don't set the max_read_size, the spi-mem should directly
use data.nbytes and not limit to any size. But current logic will limit to
the max_write_size.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In order to boot u-boot in the aspeed machine we need to run at least
qemu 3059c2f5a813 (v4.0.0-1592-g3059c2f5a813), which is not in a
released tag.
This should be changed to v4.1.0 when it is released.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Tests in test/py/tests/test_env.py like this fail without CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER:
=> => printenv test_env_0
## Error: "test_env_0" not defined
=> .=> setenv test_env_0
=> => echo $test_env_0
$test_env_0
=> F
We also want a mac address so the ethernet device works in qemu.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The aspeed board does not have an upstream MMC driver.
As CONFIG_MMC defaults on, the board would fail to build due to the
CONFIG_DM_MMC migration:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_MMC before the v2019.04 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
Change the defconfig to disable MMC until a driver is submitted.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
This will allow for downloading and applying overlays from an MMC/SD
boot media based on the overlay_files ENV variable containing a list
of overlay files.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This will allow for downloading and applying overlays from an MMC/SD
boot media based on the overlay_files ENV variable containing a list
of overlay files.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The TI AM654x EVM base board and the associated daughtercards have on-
board I2C-based EEPROMs containing board configuration data. Use the
board detection infrastructure introduced earlier to do the following:
1) Parse the AM654x EVM base board EEPROM and populate items like board
name and MAC addresses into the TI common EEPROM data structure
residing in SRAM scratch space
2) Check for presence of daughter card(s) by probing the associated
presence signals via an I2C-based GPIO expander. Then, if such a
card is found, parse the data such as additional Ethernet MAC
addresses from its on-board EEPROM and populate into U-Boot
accordingly
3) Dynamically create an U-Boot ENV variable called overlay_files
containing a list of daugherboard-specific DTB overlays based on
daughercards found.
This patch adds support for the AM654x base board ("AM6-COMPROCEVM")
as well as for the IDK ("AM6-IDKAPPEVM"), OLDI LCD ("OLDI-LCD1EVM")
PCIe/USB3.0 ("SER-PCIEUSBEVM"), 2 Lane PCIe/USB2.0 ("SER-PCIE2LEVM"),
and general purpuse ("AM6-GPAPPEVM") daughtercards.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The AM654x EVM based on the TI K3 family of SoCs has an updated board
detection EEPROM structure that contains a TLV record of dedicated MAC
addresses rather than a range of MAC addresses as it was used on earlier
platforms such as DRA7. Add a basic function that allows us setting up
Ethernet MAC addresses into the U-Boot environment based on the MAC
address record contained in the common TI EEPROM structure.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The AM654x EVM based on the TI K3 family of SoCs have an updated board
detection EEPROM structure, now comprising variable-sized TLV-type
records, containing a superset of what is already being provided on
earlier platforms such as DRA7. Add basic support for parsing the new
data structures contained on the base board into the common TI EEPROM
structure while also providing infrastructure that can be used later on
to parse data from additional EEPROMs such as the ones that are used on
daughtercards for this platform.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The board detection scheme employed on various TI EVMs makes use of
SRAM scratch space to share data read from an on-board EEPROM between
the different bootloading stages. Map the associated definition that's
used to locate this data into the SRAM scratch space we use on AM654x.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The malloc pool used before relocation is getting tight leading to
out of memory errors doing certain DM-related calls. Since we are
running the A53 SPL out of DDR let's just go ahead and bump its size
as used in U-Boot proper as well as SPL (via Kconfig default value)
from 8KB to 32KB.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
The malloc pool used before relocation is getting tight leading to
out of memory errors doing certain DM-related calls. Since we are
running the A53 SPL out of DDR let's just go ahead and bump its size
as used in U-Boot proper as well as SPL (via Kconfig default value)
from 8KB to 32KB.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Enable GPIO driver for PCA953X-compatible I2C-based I/O expander
which includes support for the TCA9554/PCA9554-type expander found
on the AM654 EVM base board.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Enable GPIO driver for PCA953X-compatible I2C-based I/O expander
which includes support for the TCA9554/PCA9554-type expander found
on the AM654 EVM base board.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The AM654 base board has a TCA9554/PCA9554-type GPIO expander on the
wkup_i2c0 bus at address 0x38 that is used to detect the presence of
daughter cards. Add a respective DTS description of this expander
to enable its use.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Enable I2C via driver model as well as the associated set of U-Boot
commands to allow us interacting with various I2C slave devices.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Enable I2C via driver model as well as the associated set of U-Boot
commands to allow us interacting with various I2C slave devices.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
To enable the use of an EEPROM-based board detection scheme we need to
be able to access the I2C bus associated with the EEPROMs across all
3 stages of U-Boot: R5 SPL, A53 SPL, and A53 U-Boot (proper). So go
ahead and add/update the wkup_i2c0 peripheral module DTS definitions
and its associated pinmux node accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Only U-Boot specifc DT properties or overrides, must be in -u-boot.dtsi.
Pinctrl nodes does not belong here. Now that pinctrl nodes are in kernel
DT, there is no reason to be keep these in -u-boot.dtsi. Move them to
proper places so that it would ease copying DT entries from kernel DT.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
There is no need for to include this header here, so drop it.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
K3 devices have I2C IP that is same as OMAP2+ family. Allow driver to be
compiled for ARCH_K3.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add instructions for flashing boot images to the eMMC with a
layout of the address where each image needs to be flashed.
Also add instructions to flash filesystem partition in user
partition and boot kernel from the rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Enable all the relevant configs that enables support for loading
sysfw via MMC.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the System Firmware (SYSFW) loader framework to load and start
the SYSFW as part of the AM654 early initialization sequence. While
at it also initialize the WKUP_UART0 pinmux as it is used by SYSFW
to print diagnostic messages.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Switch to using the full malloc scheme in post-relocation SPL to allow
better utilization of available memory for example by allowing memory
to get freed. Initially allocate a 16MB-sized region in DDR starting
at address 0x84000000 for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
In order to be able to use more advanced driver functionality which often
relies on having BSS initialized during early boot prior to relocation
several things need to be in place:
1) Memory needs to be available for BSS to use. For this, we locate BSS
at the top of the MCU SRAM area, with the stack starting right below
it,
2) We need to move the initialization of BSS prior to entering
board_init_f(). We will do this with a separate commit by turning on
the respective CONFIG option.
In this commit we also clean up the assignment of the initial SP address
as part of the refactoring, taking into account the pre-decrement post-
increment nature in which the SP is used on ARM.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Introduce a framework that allows loading the System Firmware (SYSFW)
binary as well as the associated configuration data from an image tree
blob named "sysfw.itb" from an FS-based MMC boot media or from an MMC
RAW mode partition or sector.
To simplify the handling of and loading from the different boot media
we tap into the existing U-Boot SPL framework usually used for loading
U-Boot by building on an earlier commit that exposes some of that
functionality.
Note that this initial implementation only supports FS and RAW-based
eMMC/SD card boot.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The current U-Boot SPL image loader infrastructure is very powerful,
able to initialize and load from a variety of boot media however it
is strongly geared towards loading specific types of images in a very
specific way. To address the need being able to use this infrastructure
to load arbitrary image files go ahead and refactor it as follows:
- Refactor existing spl_mmc_load_image function into superset function,
accepting additional arguments such as filenames and media load offset
(same concept can also be applied toother spl_XXX_load_image functions)
- Extend the loader function to "remember" their peripheral initialization
status so that the init is only done once during the boot process,
- Extend the FIT image loading function to allow skipping the parsing/
processing of the FIT contents (so that this can be done separately
in a more customized fashion)
- Populate the SPL_LOAD_IMAGE_METHOD() list with a trampoline function,
invoking the newly refactored superset functions in a way to maintain
compatibility with the existing behavior
This refactoring initially covers MMC/SD card loading (RAW and FS-based).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On some platform we have sufficient memory available early on to allow
setting up and using a basic BSS prior to entering board_init_f(). Doing
so can for example be used to carry state over to board_init_r() without
having to resort to extending U-Boot's global data structure.
To support such scenarios add a Kconfig option called CONFIG_SPL_EARLY_BSS
to allow moving the initialization of BSS prior to entering board_init_f(),
if enabled. Note that using this option usually should go along with using
CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS and configuring BSS to be located in memory
actually available prior to board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
We would like to use the driver even without power domains being
specified for cases such as during early boot when the required power
domains have already gotten enabled by the SoC's boot ROM and such
explicit initialization is not needed and possible.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add Support for creating a GPT partition for the filesystem in eMMC.
The filesystem is created in the user partition (partition 0).
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Add a platform specific set_control_reg() callback to help switch to
UHS speed modes.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The HOST_CONTROL2 register is a part of SDHC v3.00 and not just specific
to arasan/zynq controllers. Add the same to sdhci.h.
Also create a common API to set UHS timings in HOST_CONTROL2.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support in the driver for handling phy specific registers.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With changes in the driver requiring phy related properties,
add the same for the SD card node to prevent breaking boot with
the driver update.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The am654_sdhci driver needs to switch the clock off
before disabling its phy dll and needs to re-enable
the clock before enabling the phy again.
Therefore, make the sdhci_set_clock() function accessible
in the am654_sdhci driver.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add Support for masking some bits in the capabilities
register of a host controller.
Also remove the redundant readl() into caps1.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In device nodes with more than one entry in the reg property,
it is sometimes useful to regmap only of the entries. Add an
API regmap_init_mem_index() to facilitate this.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The host controller works perfectly well without having to add any
quirks. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Sync the sdhci0 node from kernel. This changes the compatible that is
required to be there in the driver. Change the same for the SD card node
which is not yet supported in kernel. This also syncs the main_pmx0 node
as a side effect.
Also change the name of the driver to match the compatible in kernel.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The device path structure is packed. So no assumption on the alignment is
possible. Copy the file name in efi_file_from_path() to assure there is no
unaligned access.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In packed structures GUIDs are not aligned. Avoid a build error with
GCC 9.1 by using const void * as argument for guidcmp().
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When building with GCC 9.1 an error occurs:
disk/part_efi.c: In function ‘gpt_verify_partitions’:
disk/part_efi.c:737:49: error: taking address of packed member of
‘struct _gpt_entry’ may result in an unaligned pointer value
[-Werror=address-of-packed-member]
737 | gpt_convert_efi_name_to_char(efi_str, gpt_e[i].partition_name,
| ~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:279: disk/part_efi.o] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1594: disk] Error 2
Adjust gpt_convert_efi_name_to_char() to accept unaligned strings.
Reported-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Change comment for struct efi_pool_allocation to match Sphinx style.
Describe all structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add missing parameter descriptions.
Remove an invalid link.
Correct the formatting of a function comment.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
scripts/kernel-doc pointed out some errors in the function comments in
efi_boottime.c.
Add missing and remove superfluous parameter descriptions.
Escape * in a function description.
Add empty lines for readability.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We currently have some inconsistent use of efi_add_memory_map()
throughout the code. In particular the return value of efi_add_memory_map()
is not interpreted the same way by various users in the codebase.
This patch does the following:
- Changes efi_add_memory_map() to return efi_status_t.
- Adds a method description to efi_add_memory_map().
- Changes efi_add_memory_map() to return EFI_SUCCESS
- Returns non-zero for error in efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_allocate_pages() to new efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_free_pages() to new efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_carve_out_dt_rsv() to new efi_add_memory_map()
- Updates efi_add_runtime_mmio() to new efi_add_memory_map()
Fixes: 5d00995c36 ("efi_loader: Implement memory allocation and map")
Fixes: 74c16acce3 ("efi_loader: Don't allocate from memory holes")
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <pure.logic@nexus-software.ie>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a unit test for SetVirtualAddressMap() and ConvertPointer().
As ConvertPointer() is not implemented yet this will spit out some
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Implement the EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE event.
This requires allocating the event and the event list from runtime data.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
efi_set_virtual_address_map_runtime() must be of type __efi_runtime.
Fixes: ee8ebaaaae ("efi_loader: split off detaching SetVirtualAddress()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Boot services are not available after calling ExitBootServices(). So we
should not try to close an event here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
We should use predefined constants instead of magic numbers.
Move some constant definitions from include/pe.h to
include/asm-generic/pe.h.
Use these constants in crt0_*_efi.S.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION is already defined in
include/asm-generic/pe.h which is included in include/pe.h. We should
not define it twice.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
So far USB was not enabled for the Allwinner H6 boards, as the PHY
driver was not ready and the clock gates were missing. Since this is now
fixed, let's add the PHY and the OHCI/EHCI drivers to the build, for
all existing H6 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The USB PHY used in the Allwinner H6 SoC has some pecularities (as usual),
which require a small addition to the USB PHY driver:
In this case the second PHY is PHY3, not PHY1, so we need to skip number
1 and 2 in the code. Just use the respective code from Linux for that.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
To enable USB support in U-Boot, add the required clock and reset gates
to the H6 clock driver. Once enabled, the generic EHCI/OCHI drivers will
pick them up from there automatically.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The Allwinner H6 pin controller is not really special, at least not when
it comes to normal GPIO operation.
Add the H6 compatible strings to the list of recognised strings, to make
GPIOs work for H6 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Probably for no particular reason SUNXI_GPIO was still defined the "old
way", in header files only.
Introduce SUNXI_GPIO to the Kconfig file in drivers/gpio to remove
another line from our dreadful config_whitelist.txt.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com> # Pine-H64
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add some basic line delay values to be used with DDR3 DRAM chips on
some H6 TV boxes.
Taken from a register dump after boot0 initialised the DRAM.
Put them as the default delay values for DDR3 DRAM until we know better.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add a routine to program the timing parameters for DDR3-1333 DRAM chips
connected to the H6 DRAM controller.
The values were gathered from doing back-calculations from a register
dump, trying to match them up with the official JEDEC DDDR3 spec.
If in doubt, the register dump values were taken for now, but the JEDEC
recommendation were added as a comment.
Many thanks to Jernej for contributing fixes!
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
At the moment the H6 DRAM driver only supports LPDDR3 DRAM.
Extend the driver to cover DDR3 DRAM as well.
The changes are partly motivated by looking at the ZynqMP register
documentation, partly by looking at register dumps after boot0/libdram
has initialised the controller.
Many thanks to Jernej for contributing some fixes!
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Currently the H6 DRAM driver only supports one kind of LPDDR3 DRAM.
Split the timing parameters for this LPDDR3 configuration into a
separate file, to allow selecting an alternative later at compile time
(as the sunxi-dw driver does).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The DRAM controller manual suggests to first program the PHY
initialisation parameters to the PHY_PIR register, and then set bit 0 to
trigger the initialisation. This is also used in boot0.
Follow this recommendation by setting bit 0 in a separate step.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Using memcpy() is, however tempting, not a good idea: It depends on the
specific implementation of memcpy, also lacks barriers. In this
particular case the first registers were written using 64-bit writes,
and the last register using four separate single-byte writes.
Replace the memcpy with a proper loop using the writel() accessor.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@siol.net>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Macb can be used with Xilinx PCS/PMA PHY in fpga which is a 1000-baseX
phy(lpa 0x41e0). This patch adds checks for LPA_1000XFULL and
LPA_1000XHALF bits.
Signed-off-by: Radu Pirea <radu_nicolae.pirea@upb.ro>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
If macb is gem and is gigabit capable, lpa value is not read from
the right register(MII_LPA) and is read from MII_STAT1000. This patch
fixes reading of the lpa value.
Signed-off-by: Radu Pirea <radu_nicolae.pirea@upb.ro>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add new driver for the TI AM65x SoC Gigabit Ethernet Switch subsystem (CPSW
NUSS). It has two ports and provides Ethernet packet communication for the
device and can be configured as an Ethernet switch. CPSW NUSS features: the
Reduced Gigabit Media Independent Interface (RGMII), Reduced Media
Independent Interface (RMII), and the Management Data Input/Output (MDIO)
interface for physical layer device (PHY) management. The TI AM65x SoC has
integrated two-port Gigabit Ethernet Switch subsystem into device MCU
domain named MCU_CPSW0. One Ethernet port (port 1) with selectable RGMII
and RMII interfaces and an internal Communications Port Programming
Interface (CPPI) port (Host port 0).
Host Port 0 CPPI Packet Streaming Interface interface supports 8 TX
channels and on RX channels operating by TI am654 NAVSS Unified DMA
Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P) controller.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Use phys_addr_t for mdio_base address to avoid build
warnings on arm64 and dra7. Cast it to uintprt_t before
assigning to regs.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch is to use block layer to read from mmc in cortina
Signed-off-by: Yinbo Zhu <yinbo.zhu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Because all MSCC SoC use the same MDIO bus, put the implementation in
one common file(mscc_miim) and make all the other MSCC network drivers to
use these functions.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Adds UCLASS_MDIO DM class supporting MDIO buses that are probed as
stand-alone devices. Useful in particular for systems that support
DM_ETH and have a stand-alone MDIO hardware block shared by multiple
Ethernet interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
When serdes configuration was written in hardware there was a delay
of 100ms to be sure that configuration was written. But the delay is not
needed because already the function serdes_write it is checking that the
operation finished.
Therefore remove the mdelay. This improves the speed of configuring the
network driver.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The code block reading the DT property for the clock output control was
before the phy's DT node pointer was set, so it could never work. Move
it after the node pointer is set.
Also store the unsigned 32-bit property into an unsigned value, not a
signed value, as the former will cause a problem if value overflows.
For instance, if one were to add 0xffffffff as a code to mean the clock
output should be turned off.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Janine Hagemann <j.hagemann@phytec.de>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
When not using DM_ETH, these PHY settings are programmed with default
values hardcoded into the driver. When using DM_ETH, they should come
from the device tree. However, if the device tree does not have the
properties, the driver will silent use -1. Which is entirely out of
range, programs nonsense into the PHY's registers, and does not work.
Change this to use the same defaults as non-DM_ETH if the device tree is
lacking the properties.
As an alternative, the kernel driver for the phy will display an error
message and fail if the device tree is lacking.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Janine Hagemann <j.hagemann@phytec.de>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
These are standard across gigabit phys. These mostly extend the
auto-negotiation information with gigabit fields.
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Share the code that prints out a register field with the function that
prints out the "special" fields.
There were two arrays the register dump list, one with reg number and
name, another with a pointer to the field table and the table size.
These two arrays had have each entry match what register is referred to.
Combine them into just one table. Now they can't not match and there is
just one table.
Add some missing consts to pointers to string literals.
The dump code was ignoring the regno field in the description table and
assuming register 0 was at index 0, etc. Have it use the field.
Change reg > max+1 into reg >= max, which doesn't fail if max+1 could
overflow, besides just making more sense.
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
- mmc spi driver model support
- drop mmc_spi command
- enhanced Strobe mmc HS400 support
- minor mmc bug/fixes and optimization
- omap hsmmc and mvbeu update
- sdhci card detect support
The Beelink X2 is an STB based on the Allwinner H3 SoC with a uSD slot,
2 USB ports( 1 * USB-2 Host, 1 USB OTG), a 10/100M ethernet port using the
SoC's integrated PHY, Wifi via an sdio wifi chip, HDMI, an IR receiver, a
dual colour LED and an optical S/PDIF connector.
Linux commit details about the sun8i-h3-beelink-x2.dts sync:
"ARM: dts: sun8i: h3: Add ethernet0 alias to Beelink X2"
(sha1: cc4bddade114b696ab27c1a77cfc7040151306da)
Signed-off-by: Marcus Cooper <codekipper@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The choice of the SPL_TEXT_BASE is not really a decision that should be
specified by each board's defconfig, as this setting is actually
dictated by the SoC's memory map and the BootROM behaviour.
To make this obvious and reduce the clutter in the defconfig files,
let's specify the SoC constraints in the Kconfig stanza.
This allows us to remove these lines from the defconfig files again.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Flash system partition with fastboot will earse the partition firstly
The 600ms timeout will fail on some SD Card. Enlarge it to 5s to make
it works for most of sdcard
Cc: guoyin.chen <guoyin.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Implement set_enhanced_strobe hook for fsl_esdhc_imx,
,in esdhc_set_timing and esdhc_change_pinstate, also handle HS400_ES.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
eMMC 5.1+ supports HS400 Enhances Strobe mode without the need for
tuning procedure.
The flow is as following:
- set HS_TIMIMG (Highspeed)
- Host change freq to <= 52Mhz
- set the bus width to Enhanced strobe and DDR8Bit(CMD6),
EXT_CSD[183] = 0x86 instead of 0x80
- set HS_TIMING to 0x3 (HS400)
- Host change freq to <= 200Mhz
- Host select HS400 enhanced strobe complete
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Should use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED not IS_ENABLED for clock and regulator drivers,
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED will check the CONFIG_SPL_CLK and CONFIG_SPL_DM_REGULATOR
when building SPL.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The mmc_spi command was added to manually setup MMC over SPI bus
using command. This was required by the legacy non-DM MMC_SPI driver.
With DM based MMC_SPI driver in-place, we can now use all general
storge commands and mmc command for MMC over SPI bus hence we remove
the mmc_spi command all it's references.
Suggested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The MMC mode and width are fixed for MMC SPI host hence we skip
sd_select_mode_and_width() and mmc_select_mode_and_width() for
MMC SPI host.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <anup.patel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Accessing the boot partition had been error prone with HS200 and HS400 and
was disabled. The driver first switched to a lesser mode and then switched
the partition access. It was mostly due to a bad handling of the switch and
has been fixed, so let's remove this 'feature'
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
The switch operation can sometimes make the bus unreliable, in that case
the send_status parameter should be false to indicate not to poll using
CMD13. If polling on dat0 is possible, we should use it to detect the end
of the operation.
At the end of the operation it is safe to use CMD13 to get the status of
the card. It is important to do so because the operation may have failed.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
The e-MMC spec allows the e-MMC to specify a timeout for the partition
switch command. It can take up to 2550 ms. There is no lower limit to this
value in the spec, but do as the the linux driver does and force it to be
at least 300ms.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Starting with rev 4.5, the eMMC can define a generic timeout for the
SWITCH command.
Following Linux Kernel code, the timeout also changed from 1000 -> 500
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Using the DAT0 line as a rdy/busy line is an alternative to reading the
status register of the card. It especially useful in situation where the
bus is not in a good shape, like when modes are switched.
This is also how the linux driver behaves.
Note of warning: As per the specification, while polling on DAT0 the CLK
must not turned off: "[...] Without a clock edge the Device (unless
previously disconnected by a deselect command (CMD7)) will force the DAT0
line down, forever. [...]"
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
mmc_send_status() is currently used to poll the card until it is ready, not
actually returning the status of the card.
Make it return the status and add another function to poll the card.
Also remove the 'extern' declaration in the mmc-private.h header to comply
with the coding standard.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This reverts commit 318a7a576b.
The last and only user of this callback had been the omap_hsmmc driver.
It is not used anymore. Removing the callback.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This is not required. The MMC core sends CMD0 right after the
initialization and it serves the same purpose.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
It sometimes happen that the PSTATE register does not indicate that the
bus is ready when it really is. This usually happens after a mode switch.
In that case it makes sense to reset the FSM handling the CMD and DATA
Also reset the FSMs if the STATE register cannot be cleared. This also
sometimes happens after a mode switch.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This patch reads card detect properties from device tree &
added mmc capability macros in mmc.h.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Removed MMC_CAP_NONREMOVABLE, MMC_CAP_NEEDS_POLL macros from
mvebu_mmc.h to avoid redefining of these macros when compiled with
mvebu based configs.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
- syscon: add support for power off
- stm32mp1: add op-tee config
- stm32mp1: add specific commands: stboard and stm32key
- add stm32 mailbox driver
- solve many stm32 warnings when building with W=1
- update stm32 gpio driver
Since we have limited resources in SPL, it is the best interest
to keep the SPL as small as possible and that includes the DTB.
There are a few items in the device tree that can be removed,
because these boards don't use them.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
add gpio-hog support. GPIO hogging is a mechanism
providing automatic GPIO request and configuration
as part of the gpio-controller's driver probe function.
for more infos see:
doc/device-tree-bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (zcu102)
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The MMC card-detect pin was incorrectly defined which was fixed.
This patch resync's the dts and removes the u-boot specific fix.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With a recent update to the pinctrl-single driver and the fact
that the da850evm has both DM and OF_CONTROL working in both SPL
and U-Boot, some of the manual pinmuxing can be setup to only
be activated when either the driver doesn't have DM for it, or
when CONFIG_PINMUX isn't available (only during SPL). If the
code ever shrinks enough to support PINCTRL in SPL, a lot of this
can go away. This also remove some manual pinmuxing not needed
by SPL to give SPL a little more breathing room.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The TI Davinci (da850/l138/am1808) use pinctrl-single,bits for
pinmuxing peripherals. This patch allosw the pinctrl-single
driver to parse the pinctrl-single,bits options and correctly
setup devices.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The USE_TINY_PRINTF symbol only changes things within SPL and TPL
builds, so make it depend on that support. Next, make it default as
within these cases we should rarely have need of more advanced print
formats outside of the debug context.
To do this, in a few cases we need to correct our Kconfig dependencies
as we had cases of non-SPL targets select'ing this symbol. Finally, in
the case of a few boards we really do need the full printf
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add SPL_DM_REGULATOR configs for palmas/lp873x/lp87565. These were missing
and the Makefile already assumes them to be defined. Add the corresponding
SPL config options. This enables the regulator support in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Add SPL_PMIC configs for palmas/lp873x/lp87565. These were missing
and the Makefile already assumes them to be defined. Add the corresponding
SPL config options. This enables the pmics in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
This converts LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 to the driver model. MMC, SERIAL, SPI
and SPI_FLASH are converted.
The device tree contains only the minimal nodes required by U-Boot
since the size of U-Boot is limited to 256K on this device.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
This commit addresses the following warning, when _NOT_ USB_MUSB_HOST:
[...]
CC drivers/usb/gadget/f_mass_storage.o
CC drivers/usb/musb-new/omap2430.o
CC drivers/usb/gadget/f_fastboot.o
CC env/common.o
CC env/env.o
/src/etinker/software/u-boot-master/drivers/usb/musb-new/omap2430.c: In function ‘omap2430_musb_probe’:
/src/etinker/software/u-boot-master/drivers/usb/musb-new/omap2430.c:239:6: warning: assignment to ‘int’ from ‘struct musb *’ makes integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]
ret = musb_register(&platdata->plat,
^
LD drivers/usb/host/built-in.o
CC drivers/usb/gadget/f_sdp.o
CC fs/ext4/ext4fs.o
[...]
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
This addresses the following warning message:
===================== WARNING ======================
This board does not use CONFIG_DM_USB. Please update
the board to use CONFIG_DM_USB before the v2019.07 release.
Failure to update by the deadline may result in board removal.
See doc/driver-model/MIGRATION.txt for more info.
====================================================
As USB support for older OMAP3 SoC's improves, OMAP3 EVM can be
readily adapted. There is some additional 'gpio-hog' support
needed to fully setup USB in a similar manner to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
add m41t11 support in ds1307 driver. changes:
- add compatible string for m41t11
- check if RTC clock is running, if not
enable the clock
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
When MMC_TINY is enabled, support for only one MMC device
is provided. Boards that register more than one device,
will just write over mmc_static keeping only the last one
registered.
This commit prevents this, keeping only the first MMC
device created. A debug warning message is added, if nothing
else, as a hint/documentation for developers.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@collabora.com>
The SPL_MMC_TINY implements feature-reduced MMC support
on SPL, and as such, it's more consistent and convenient
to find it as part of the SPL configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@collabora.com>
Add sub-command 'env info' to display environment information:
- env_valid : is environment valid
- env_ready : is environment imported into hash table
- env_use_default : is default environment using
This command can be optionally used for evaluation in scripts:
[-d] : evaluate whether default environment is used
[-p] : evaluate whether environment can be persisted
The result of multiple evaluations will be combined with AND.
Signed-off-by: Leo Ruan <tingquan.ruan@cn.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jonas <mark.jonas@de.bosch.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Do not enable by default]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
`if (!strncmp(dev->name, name, strlen(name)))` might find out
the wrong device, it might find out `dram_pll_ref_sel`, when name is
`dram_pll`. So use strcmp to avoid such issue.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
As compatible string "st,stm32-gpio" is no more used, .ofmatch
callback becomes useless, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Since pinctrl_stm32 driver update, each gpio bank is now binded
by pinctrl driver. The compatible string "st,stm32-gpio" becomes
useless, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Update .bind callback in order to bind all pinctrl subnodes
with "gpio-controller" property to gpio_stm32 driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
As this driver is used on stm32f4/f7/h7 and stm32mp1
SoCs, rename it with a more generic name.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_write_txfifo':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:116:20: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (priv->tx_len >= sizeof(u32) &&
^~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:122:27: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
} else if (priv->tx_len >= sizeof(u16) &&
^~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_read_rxfifo':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:150:21: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
(priv->rx_len >= sizeof(u32) || (sr & SPI_SR_RXWNE))) {
^~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:156:21: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
(priv->rx_len >= sizeof(u16) ||
^~
drivers/core/simple-bus.c:15:12: warning: no previous prototype for 'simple_bus_translate' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
fdt_addr_t simple_bus_translate(struct udevice *dev, fdt_addr_t addr)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_set_speed':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:335:10: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
div > STM32_MBR_DIV_MAX)
^
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:344:19: warning: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
if ((mbrdiv - 1) < 0)
^
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c: In function 'stm32_spi_probe':
drivers/spi/stm32_spi.c:531:16: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(priv->cs_gpios); i++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
cmd/pinmux.c: In function 'do_dev':
cmd/pinmux.c:26:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
if (ret) {
^
cmd/pinmux.c:30:2: note: here
case 1:
^~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves warnings detected by setting W=1 when building.
Warnings type detected:
- [-Wtype-limits]
- [-Wsign-compare]
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves warnings detected by setting W=1 when building.
Warnings type detected:
- [-Wsign-compare]
- [-Wtype-limits]
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
if (*idx < 0)
^
drivers/pinctrl/pinctrl_stm32.c: At top level:
warning: no previous prototype for 'stm32_pinctrl_probe' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int stm32_pinctrl_probe(struct udevice *dev)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice CHOTARD <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/ram/stm32mp1/stm32mp1_ram.c: In function 'stm32mp1_ddr_clk_enable':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (idx = 0; idx < ARRAY_SIZE(clkname); idx++) {
^
drivers/ram/stm32mp1/stm32mp1_ram.c: In function 'stm32mp1_ddr_setup':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (idx = 0; idx < ARRAY_SIZE(param); idx++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_read' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_read(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 *val)
^~~~~~~~~
CC cmd/sf.o
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_prog' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_prog(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 val)
^~~~~~~~~
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_sense' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_sense(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 *val)
^~~~~~~~~~
warning: no previous prototype for 'fuse_override' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
int fuse_override(u32 bank, u32 word, u32 val)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/power/regulator/stm32-vrefbuf.c: In function 'stm32_vrefbuf_set_value':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (uV == stm32_vrefbuf_voltages[i]) {
^~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/clk/clk_stm32mp1.c: In function 'stm32mp1_clk_get_parent':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(stm32mp1_clks); i++)
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/i2c/stm32f7_i2c.c: In function 'stm32_i2c_compute_solutions':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (scldel < scldel_min)
^
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (((sdadel >= sdadel_min) &&
^~
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
(sdadel <= sdadel_max)) &&
^~
drivers/i2c/stm32f7_i2c.c: In function 'stm32_i2c_choose_solution':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (clk_error < clk_error_prev) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/gpio/stm32_gpio.c: In function 'stm32_offset_to_index':
: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (idx == offset)
^~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/adc/stm32-adc-core.c: In function 'stm32h7_adc_clk_sel':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(stm32h7_adc_ckmodes_spec); i++) {
^
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(stm32h7_adc_ckmodes_spec); i++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/adc/stm32-adc.c: In function 'stm32_adc_chan_of_init':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (num_channels > adc->cfg->max_channels) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/bsec.c: In function 'stm32mp_bsec_read':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (offset >= STM32_BSEC_OTP_OFFSET) {
^~
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/bsec.c: In function 'stm32mp_bsec_write':
warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (offset >= STM32_BSEC_OTP_OFFSET) {
^~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves warnings detected by setting W=1 when building.
Warnings type detected:
- [-Wmissing-prototypes]
- [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
drivers/serial/serial_stm32.c: In function 'stm32_serial_probe':
warning: comparison of unsigned expression < 0 is always false [-Wtype-limits]
if (plat->clock_rate < 0) {
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
warning: no previous prototype for 'board_quiesce_devices' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
void board_quiesce_devices(void)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This patch solves the following warnings:
arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cpu.c:378:16: warning: comparison between signed
and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
if (instance > ARRAY_SIZE(serial_addr))
^
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support of Trusted boot chain with OP-TEE
- reserved 32MB at the end of the DDR for OP-TEE
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Change config not directly linked to CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS.
Allow to deactivate CONFIG_SYS_MTDPARTS_RUNTIME when
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT is defined in defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Adds support for SYSRESET_POWER_OFF = PMIC power off used by command
power off and introduced by commit 751fed426f ("sysreset: Add a way
to find the last reset").
The driver use SYSRESET_POWER for the PMIC-level power cycle, with restart.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Synchronize device tree with v5.2-rc4 label and
update the associated u-boot dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
Prevent USB enumeration and avoid unnecessary delay in bootcmd_pxe
as Ethernet device is not attached to USB.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
For boot from flash, check presence of default environment to force
save env.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
U-Boot should disable nodes in device tree if needed according
ETZPC status in ft_system_setup().
ETZPC itself use an array on addresses to do the match between the status
bits and the node.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Gaignard <benjamin.gaignard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add "st,package" entry. Possibles values are:
-STM32MP_PKG_AA for LFBGA448 (18*18) package
-STM32MP_PKG_AB for LFBGA354 (16*16) package
-STM32MP_PKG_AC for TFBGA361 (12*12) package
-STM32MP_PKG_AD for TFBGA257 (10*10) package
see Linux commit 966d9b928f626a54a0c27c0fdae1e3dfe9bab416
for v5.2-rc1
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
U-Boot activates regulators by reading the "regulator-boot-on"
property in DT; it is requested by M4 early Boot feature.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Deactivate WATCHDOG by default in u-boot to avoid issue to boot kernel
and rootfs without the needed daemon to reload it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Tested-by: Pierre-Jean Texier <pjtexier@koncepto.io>
The new type sysreset 'POWER_OFF', introduced by
commit 751fed426f ("sysreset: Add a way to find the last reset")
is only supported for "syscon-poweroff" compatible.
For details see Linux binding:
./Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt
This patch removes the support of POWER_OFF for "syscon-reboot"
and keeps only the COLD reset (for command reset support)
and it introduces the compatible "syscon-poweroff"
for the POWER_OFF case.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
- Sandbox improvements including .dts refactor
- Minor tracing and PCI improvements
- Various other minor fixes
- Conversion of patman, dtoc and binman to support Python 3
- SPL SATA enhancements to allow booting from RAW SATA device
needed for Clearfog (Baruch)
- Enable SATA booting on Clearfog (Baruch)
- Misc changes to Turris Omnia (Marek)
- Enable CMD_BOOTZ and increase SYS_BOOTM_LEN on crs305-1g-4s
(Luka)
- Enable FIT support for db-xc3-24g4xg (Chris)
- Enable DM_SPI on Keymile Kirkwood board with necessary changes
for this (Pascal)
- Set 38x and 39x AVS on lower frequency (Baruch)
UniPhier SoC updates for v2019.10
- import DT updates from Linux
- add UniPhier SPI controller driver
- make U-Boot image for 64bit SoCs position independent
- tidy up various init code for next generation SoCs
- misc cleanups
The board_early_init_f() inits clock before initing pinmux. However,
the clock configuration code might need to adjust PMIC settings of a
PMIC on I2C bus (e.g. board/ti/am335x/board.c does that). If the I2C
bus pin muxing is not configured before attempting to communicate
with the PMIC, the communication will silently fail and the prcm_init()
may configure fast enough CPU clock that the default voltage provided
by the PMIC would be insufficient and the platform would become
unstable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rename:
- doc/{README.avb2 => android/avb2.txt}
- doc/{README.android-fastboot => android/fastboot.txt}
Add a new file documenting the 'bcb' command:
- doc/android/bcb.txt
The new directory structure has been reviewed by Simon in
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1101107/#2176031 .
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'Bootloader Control Block' (BCB) is a well established term/acronym in
the Android namespace which refers to a location in a dedicated raw
(i.e. FS-unaware) flash (e.g. eMMC) partition, usually called "misc",
which is used as media for exchanging messages between Android userspace
(particularly recovery [1]) and an Android-capable bootloader.
On higher level, this allows implementing a subset of Android Bootloader
Requirements [2], amongst which is the Android-specific bootloader
flow [3]. Regardless how the latter is implemented in U-Boot ([3] being
the most memorable example), reading/writing/dumping the BCB fields in
the development process from inside the U-Boot is a convenient feature.
Hence, make it available to the users.
Some usage examples of the new command recorded on R-Car H3ULCB-KF
('>>>' is an overlay on top of the original console output):
=> bcb
bcb - Load/set/clear/test/dump/store Android BCB fields
Usage:
bcb load <dev> <part> - load BCB from mmc <dev>:<part>
bcb set <field> <val> - set BCB <field> to <val>
bcb clear [<field>] - clear BCB <field> or all fields
bcb test <field> <op> <val> - test BCB <field> against <val>
bcb dump <field> - dump BCB <field>
bcb store - store BCB back to mmc
Legend:
<dev> - MMC device index containing the BCB partition
<part> - MMC partition index or name containing the BCB
<field> - one of {command,status,recovery,stage,reserved}
<op> - the binary operator used in 'bcb test':
'=' returns true if <val> matches the string stored in <field>
'~' returns true if <val> matches a subset of <field>'s string
<val> - string/text provided as input to bcb {set,test}
NOTE: any ':' character in <val> will be replaced by line feed
during 'bcb set' and used as separator by upper layers
=> bcb dump command
Error: Please, load BCB first!
>>> Users must specify mmc device and partition before any other call
=> bcb load 1 misc
=> bcb load 1 1
>>> The two calls are equivalent (assuming "misc" has index 1)
=> bcb dump command
00000000: 62 6f 6f 74 6f 6e 63 65 2d 73 68 65 6c 6c 00 72 bootonce-shell.r
00000010: 79 00 72 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 y.r.............
>>> The output is in binary/string format for convenience
>>> The output size matches the size of inspected BCB field
>>> (32 bytes in case of 'command')
=> bcb test command = bootonce-shell && echo true
true
=> bcb test command = bootonce-shell- && echo true
=> bcb test command = bootonce-shel && echo true
>>> The '=' operator returns 'true' on perfect match
=> bcb test command ~ bootonce-shel && echo true
true
=> bcb test command ~ bootonce-shell && echo true
true
>>> The '~' operator returns 'true' on substring match
=> bcb set command recovery
=> bcb dump command
00000000: 72 65 63 6f 76 65 72 79 00 73 68 65 6c 6c 00 72 recovery.shell.r
00000010: 79 00 72 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 y.r.............
>>> The new value is NULL-terminated and stored in the BCB field
=> bcb set recovery "msg1:msg2:msg3"
=> bcb dump recovery
00000040: 6d 73 67 31 0a 6d 73 67 32 0a 6d 73 67 33 00 00 msg1.msg2.msg3..
00000050: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00000060: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
>>> --- snip ---
>>> Every ':' is replaced by line-feed '\n' (0xA). The latter is used
>>> as separator between individual commands by Android userspace
=> bcb store
>>> Flush/store the BCB structure to MMC
[1] https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bootable/recovery
[2] https://source.android.com/devices/bootloader
[3] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/746835/
("[U-Boot,5/6] Initial support for the Android Bootloader flow")
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Perform the following updates:
- Relocate the commit id from the file to the description of U-Boot
commit. The AOSP commit is c784ce50e8c10eaf70e1f97e24e8324aef45faf5.
This is done to avoid stale references in the file itself. The
reasoning is in https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1098056/#2170209.
- Minimize the diff to AOSP, to decrease the effort of the next AOSP
backports. The background can be found in:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/1080394/#2168454.
- Guard the static_assert() calls by #ifndef __UBOOT__ ... #endif,
to avoid compilation failures of files including the header.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we have a FIT image being used by SPL by default that means the
most common case is that we'll never run into a legacy image. Disable
legacy image support by default in that case to reclaim space.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The name CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT reads slightly better along with
allowing us to avoid a rather nasty Kbuild/Kconfig issue down the line
with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY). In a few places outside of
cmd/ switch to using CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to test what is set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The TPM specification says that the EXPECT_DATA bit is not valid until
the VALID bit is set. Wait for that bit to be set. Fixes problems with
Ifineon SPI TPM.
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <rka@sysgo.com>
Overload the weak function board_boot_order() so that besides choosing
the main boot device, we can fallback on USB boot by returning in the
BootROM, eg. if the NOR flash is empty while it was the primary boot
medium.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The _main call is not supposed to return at all: don't link the
branch.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Implement the weak board_return_to_bootrom() function so that when
enabling the spl_bootrom.c driver, one can make use of usbboot on
spear platforms. All necessary information to return to the BootROM
are stored in the BootROM's stack. The SPL stack pointer is reset so
we save the BootROM's stack pointer into the SPL .data section.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no reason to do the few spear-related initialization, in a
different procedure than 'reset'. Spare one branching and get a linear
code flow by removing this indirection.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The link register is stored in R14. ARM assembly code allows to use
the 'lr' name to reference it instead of 'r14' which is not very
meaningful. Do the substitution to ease the reading.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Quoting ARM "RealView Compilation Tools Assembler Guide v4.0":
PUSH and POP are synonyms for STMDB and LDM (or LDMIA), with
the base register sp (r13), and the adjusted address written
back to the base register.
PUSH and POP are the preferred mnemonic in these cases.
Let's follow this recommandation to ease the reading and substitute
LDMIA/STMDB operations with PUSH/POP mnemonics.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Before cleaning a bit further the spear/start.S file, apply a few
cosmetic changes: capital letters, comment indentation and small
rewriting.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This comment describes the board state at the moment where we enter
the SPL. The description is entirely wrong; re-write it to fit the
reality.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SPL BSS lies in SRAM and is actually initialized to 0 by the SPL in
arch/arm/lib/crt0.S:_main(), which is called by cpu_init_crit.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is clearly stated that board_init_f should *not* call
board_init_r. Indeed, board_init_f should return. The code will
continue through arch/arm/lib/crt0.S which will do more setup before
calling board_init_r.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a dummy PCI endpoint for sandbox.
Supporting only a single function, it allows setting
and reading header configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Cadence PCIe endpoint driver supporting configuration
of header, bars and MSI for device.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce new UCLASS_PCI_EP class for handling PCI endpoint
devices, allowing to set various attributes of the PCI endpoint
device, such as:
* configuration space header
* BAR definitions
* outband memory mapping
* start/stop PCI link
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reduce Auto Voltage Scaling VDD limit when core frequency is lower than
1600MHz. This reduces core voltage level from 1.25V to 1.15V, which
saves power.
The code is taken from Marvell's U-Boot 2013.01 revision 18.06.
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
KM Kirkwood boards now implement the driver model for its SPI flash
interface. Therefore, the old board specific claim and release functions
can be deleted. The preprocessor definition CONFIG_SYS_KW_SPI_MPP is yet
unused as well. All its appearances and dependencies are removed in the
kirkwood_spi driver, header files and finally the configuration whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The corresponding configurations are selected in the common Kconfig file.
This is easier than changing every affected board default configuration
file. The default configuration for the PORTL2 board, however, still needs
some modifications to correctly use the driver model.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In order to migrate the SPI flash interface to the driver model, the SPI
configuration needs to be added in the KM Kirkwood device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As the SPI NOR and NAND devices share the same hardware pins, the MPP
configuration has to be changed when claiming/releasing the bus. The
current configuration is saved when claiming and restored when releasing.
Furthermore, a general-purpose output is used to switch the chip-select
signal. This is now also implemented for the DM part of the kirkwood_spi
driver.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The weak functions, known from the legacy code, are added to the DM part
as well. For this purpose, the release operation first needs to be
implemented. KM Kirkwood boards will overwrite those weak functions to
change the MPP configuration when claiming/releasing the bus, because the
hardware pins are shared between the SPI NOR and NAND devices.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As preparation for the upcoming transferring of configurations from header
files to Kconfig, a common Kconfig file for all KM boards was created. For
the moment, it only sources the other three, more specific, Kconfig files.
Therefore, the architecture Kconfig files now include the common Kconfig
file. Also, the configuration selection for KM boards was moved from the
architecture Kconfig files to the board specific Kconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Pascal Linder <pascal.linder@edu.hefr.ch>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@ch.abb.com>
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This change enables CMD_BOOTZ and increases SYS_BOOTM_LEN to
make it easier to work with kernel images.
Signed-off-by: Luka Kovacic <me@lukakovacic.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Rescue mode bootcmd currently only appends the "omniarescue" parameter
to the bootargs variable. We do not want the user to be able to change
rescue mode bootargs. Therefore change this so that bootcmd sets the
bootargs variable in an absolute way (adding console device information
and the omniarescue paramterer).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We always want to enumerate PCIe devices, because withouth this they
won't work in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If SCSI and USB boot options are both available, try to boot from SCSI
first.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is not needed here since Omnia is using DM_PCI now.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The U-Boot partition is 1 MiB and environment is 64 KiB. It does not
make sense to have environment at 0xc0000 when it could be at 0xf0000
and we can have more space for U-Boot binary.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The board code reads MAC addresses from the ATSHA204A cryptochip.
For compatibility reasons the ethernet adapters on this SOC are not
enumerated in register address order. But when Omnia was first
manufactured this was done differently.
Change setting of MAC addresses to conform to the description on the
stickers sticked on actual Omnias.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Set default value for the ethact variable to the WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Document the main U-Boot image offset when booting from SATA disk on the
Clearfog board.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
See the offset of U-Boot in raw SATA disk to the same value as the MMC
offset. That is 0x140 sectors from the beginning of the SPL, which is
0x141 sectors from the beginning of the device (after the MBR sector).
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add the required Kconfig and macro definitions to allow boot from SATA
on Armada 38x systems.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SPL does not initialize mbus_dram_info. Don't change the ahci mbus
settings of the ROM. This allows the ahci to work in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Allow the code to build when FS_FAT is not enabled, and thus
spl_load_image_fat() is not provided.
A subsequent patch should add alternative raw access U-Boot main image
load method.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The init_sata() routine is only present when DM_SCSI is not enabled.
Don't call init_sata() when DM_SCSI is enabled. The code will fall back
to scsi_scan() in this case.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add sensible defaults for the FAT partition selection and the main
U-Boot image file name. This allows spl_sata to build when the board
headers does not select them explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Correct the debug output for the trace buffer size to accommodate trace
buffers exceeding 2GiB.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no good reason to limit the trace buffer to 2GiB on a 64bit
system. Adjust the types of the relevant parameters.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds dm_pci_flr API that issues a Function Level reset on a PCI-e function,
if FLR is supported.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This test is built on top of the existing swap_case driver. It adds EA
capability structure support to swap_case and uses that to map BARs.
BAR1 works as it used to, swapping upper/lower case. BARs 2,4 map to a
couple of magic values.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Makes dm_pci_map_bar API available for integrated PCI devices that
support Enhanced Allocation instead of the original PCI BAR mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The comment now indicates that the input argument bar is a register offset,
not a BAR index.
It also mentions which BARs are supported for type 0/1 and that the
function can return 0 on error.
Signed-off-by: Alex Marginean <alexm.osslist@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Up to now we had hard coded values for the call depth up to which trace
records are created: 200 for early tracing, 15 thereafter. UEFI
applications reach a call depth of 80 or above.
Provide customizing settings for the call trace depth limit and the early
call trace depth limit. Use the old values as defaults.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An UEFI application may change the value of the register that gd lives in.
But some of our functions like get_ticks() access this register. So we
have to set the gd register to the U-Boot value when entering a trace
point and set it back to the application value when exiting the trace
point.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compiling with TRACE but without TRACE_EARLY results in an error
aarch64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd:
common/built-in.o:(.rodata.init_sequence_f+0x10):
undefined reference to `trace_early_init'
trace_early_init() should not be called if CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY is not
defined.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add documentation for the pre-reloc property in SPL and TPL device-tree:
- u-boot,dm-pre-proper
- u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
- u-boot,dm-spl
- u-boot,dm-tpl
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This add missing parts for previous commit 06f94461a9
("fdt: Allow indicating a node is for U-Boot proper only")
At present it is not possible to specify that a node should be used before
relocation (in U-Boot proper) without it also ending up in SPL and TPL
device trees. Add a new "u-boot,dm-pre-proper" boolean property for this.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test to check the management of the U-boot relocation properties
for device tree SPL generation (fdtgrep result) and platdata:
- 'dm-pre-proper' and 'dm-tpl' not included in SPL
- 'dm-pre-reloc' and 'dm-spl' included in SPL
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Free the memory allocated to store the test FDT upon test completion to
avoid leaking the memory. We don't bother cleaning up on test failure
since the code is broken in that case and should be fixed, in which case
the leak would also go away.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <tom.rini@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default LPUART driver with compatible string "fsl,ls1021a-lpuart"
support big-endian mode.On NXP SoC like LS1028A LPUART IP is
little-endian,Added support to Fetch LPUART IP Endianness from lpuart
device-tree node.
Signed-off-by: Vabhav Sharma <vabhav.sharma@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In general we should avoid calling malloc() and free() repeatedly in
U-Boot lest we turn it into tianocore. In SPL this can make SPI flash
unusable since free() is often a nop and allocation space is limited.
In any case, these seems no need for malloc() since the number of bytes
is very small, perhaps less than 8.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: d13f5b254a (spi: Extend the core to ease integration of SPI
memory controllers)
Generally block devices are not enabled in TPL, but in case they are,
add a Kconfig option for the block cache. This allows the setting (default
off) to be found with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If bootstage is enabled in TPL it lacks a record count and so does not
build. Fix this by adding a new Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This struct is not defined in this header file. Add a forward declaration
so that it can be included in any context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since the SPI nor conversion, 'sf probe' does not work on sandbox. Fix
this by using the expected compatible string in the flash node.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: cd35365762 (mtd: sf_probe: remove spi-flash compatible)
When cross-compiling, sometimes sdl-config must come from a different path
from the default. Add a way to override it, by adding SDL_CONFIG to the
environment before building U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We normally want to load U-Boot from SPL, but if a board wants to do
something else, it is currently not possible since the standard loader
has the top priority. Lower it to allow other SPL_LOAD_IMAGE_METHOD()
declarations to override it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It doesn't make a lot of sense to hang on sandbox when hang() is called,
since the only way out is Ctrl-C. In fact, Ctrl-C does not work if the
terminal is in raw mode, which it will be if the command-line has not been
reached yet. In that case, Ctrl-Z / kill -9 must be used, which is not
very friendly.
Avoid all of this by quiting when hang() is called.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present 'sf probe' does not work since it cannot find SPI bus 0. Add
an alias to correct this, now that we no-longer have the --spi_sf option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox and sandbox64 have duplicated nodes. This is hard to
maintain since changes in one need to be manually added to the other.
Create a common file to solve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Various nodes have been added and adjusted with sandbox. Move these
changes over to sandbox64.dts to keep these in sync.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script attempts to create a git commit which removes a single board.
It is quite fallible and everything it does needs checking. But it can
help speed up the process.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
We need slightly different commands to run code coverage with Python 3.
Update the RunTestCoverage() function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few minor changes have been made including one new entry. Update the
documentation with:
$ binman -E >tools/binman/README.entries
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These files are text files so should be read as such, so that
string-equality assertions work as expected.
With this binman tests work correctly on Python 2 and Python 3:
PYTHONPATH=/tmp/b/sandbox_spl/scripts/dtc/pylibfdt \
python ./tools/binman/binman -t
Change first line of binman.py to end "python3":
PYTHONPATH=~/cosarm/dtc/pylibfdt:tools/patman \
python3 ./tools/binman/binman -t
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code reads a binary value and then uses it as a string to look up
another value. Add conversions to make this work as expected on Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This needs special care to ensure that the bytes type is used for
binary data. Add conversion code to deal with strings and bytes
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With Python 3 we want to use the 'bytes' type instead of 'str'. Adjust the
code accordingly so that it works on both Python 2 and Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code works OK in Python 2 but Python 3 complains. Adjust it to avoid
deleting elements from a dict while iterating through it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While reading files in binary mode is the norm, sometimes we want to use
text mode. Add an optional parameter to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The only change needed is to update get_value() to support the 'bytes'
type correctly with Python 3.
With this the dtoc unit tests pass with both Python 2 and 3:
PYTHONPATH=/tmp/b/sandbox_spl/scripts/dtc/pylibfdt python \
./tools/dtoc/dtoc -t
PYTHONPATH=~/cosarm/dtc/pylibfdt:tools/patman python3 \
./tools/dtoc/dtoc -t
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since we are now using the bytes type in Python 3, the conversion in
fdt32_to_cpu() is not necessary, so drop it.
Also use 'int' instead of 'long' to convert the integer value, since
'long' is not present in Python 3.
With this, test_fdt passes with both Python 2 and 3:
PYTHONPATH=/tmp/b/sandbox_spl/scripts/dtc/pylibfdt python \
./tools/dtoc/test_fdt -t
PYTHONPATH=~/cosarm/dtc/pylibfdt:tools/patman python3 \
./tools/dtoc/test_fdt -t
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a simple unit test for one of the cases of this function, so that any
fault can be seen directly, rather than appearing through the failure of
another test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this test does not check the upper 32 bits of the returned
value. Add some additional tests to cover this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The .dtb files are binary so we should open them as binary files. This
allows Python 3 to use the correct 'bytes' type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this class to work correctly on Python 3 and to pass its unit
tests. The only required change is to deal with a difference in the
behaviour of sorting with a None value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In Python 3 bytes and str are separate types. Use bytes to ensure that
the code functions correctly with Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The difference between the bytes and str types in Python 3 requires a
number of minor changes to this function. Update it to handle the input
data using the 'bytes' type. Create two useful helper functions which can
be used by other modules too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This method does not actually use any members of the Prop class. Move it
out of the class so that it is easier to add unit tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the order of struct field emitted by this tool depends on the
internal workings of a Python dictionary. Sort the fields to remove this
uncertainty, so that tests are deterministic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update a few things in this tool so that they support Python 3:
- print statements
- iteritems()
- xrange()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the code so that it works on both Python 2 and Python 3. This works
by using unicode instead of latin1 for the test input, and ensuring that
the output is converted to a string rather than a unicode object on
Python 2.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The unicode type does not exist in Python 3 and when displaying strings
they do not have the 'u' prefix. Adjusts the settings unit tests to deal
with this difference, by converting the comparison value to a string, thus
dropping the 'u'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We use sets to produce the list of To and Cc lines for a series. This does
not result in stable ordering of the recipients. Sort each list to ensure
that the output is repeatable. This is necessary for tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create helper functions in the tools module to deal with the differences
between unicode in Python 2 (where we use the 'unicode' type) and Python 3
(where we use the 'str' type).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The method of multiplying a character by a number works well for creating
a repeated string in Python 2. But in Python 3 we need to use bytes()
instead, to avoid unicode problems, since 'bytes' is no-longer just an
alias of 'str'.
Create a function to handle this detail and call it from the relevant
places in binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The lz4 utility inserts binary data in its output which cannot always be
converted to unicode (nor should it be). Fix this by using the new binary
mode for program output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present cros_subprocess and the tools library use a string to obtain
stdout from a program. This works fine on Python 2. With Python 3 we end
up with unicode errors in some cases. Fix this by providing a binary mode,
which returns the data as bytes() instead of a string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present some files are opened in text mode despite containing binary
data. This works on Python 2 but not always on Python 3, due to unicode
problems. BC&D are not my favourite people. Adjust the affected open()
statements to use binary mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python 3 requires this, and Python 2 allows it. Convert the code over to
ensure compatibility with Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python 3 requires this, and Python 2 allows it. Convert the code over to
ensure compatibility with Python 3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An unfortunate new feature in Python 3.5 causes binman to print errors for
non-existent tests, when the test filter is used. Work around this by
detecting the unwanted tests and removing them from the result.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function uses lists and strings. This does not work so
well with Python 3, and testing against '' does not work for a bytearray.
Update the code to fix these issues.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The base of DRAM will be changed for the next generation SoC.
The addresses needed for booting the kernel should be shifted
according to the DRAM base.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The base of DRAM will be changed for the next generation SoC.
Set the base address to the 'dram_base' environment variable, which
will be useful for scripting.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The base of DRAM will be changed for the next generation SoC.
To support it along with existing SoCs in the single defconfig,
set 'loadaddr' at boot-time by adding the offset to the DRAM base.
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR is still hard-coded for compilation, but the
value from environment variable 'loadaddr' should be used.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The base address of DRAM was 0x80000000 for all the ARM SoCs of this
family in the past. It will be changed to 0x20000000 for a planned new
SoC. To support multiple SoCs by the single uniphier_v8_defconfig, the
base must be run-time determined.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently, mem_map is hard-coded, and it worked well until the last
SoC. For a planned new SoC, the addresses of peripherals and DRAM
will be changed. Set it up run-time.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently, dram_init() code relies on the fact the DRAM size
configuration exists in the SG_MEMCONF register.
This will no longer be true for a planned new SoC, which will
replace SG_MEMCONF with a different register.
Refactor the hook in a more generic way.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Until the last SoC, the register addresses have been hard-coded because
they are always constant. For a planned new SoC, the register bases
will be completely changed. I insist on supporting multiple SoCs/boards
by a single defconfig (uniphier_v8_defconfig) since duplicating similar
defconfig files is a maintenance burden. The base addresses must be
fixed-up at run-time somehow.
Previously, the board init code identified the SoC by reading out the
SG_REVISION register. This is much easier than parsing DT.
You cannot do it any more because the base address of SG will be
changed. The SG_REVISION register exists to read out the SoC ID, but
you never know its address before identifying the SoC. Oh well.
So, the possible solution is to parse the DT, and find out the node
with "*-soc-glue" compatible string. Then, sg_base is set to the value
of the "reg" property. The sc_base is set up likewise.
It is worth noting a pit-fall. Having sc_base and sg_base in the global
scope will make the life easier, but the global variables are poorly
supported before the relocation. In fact, the .bss section overwraps
with DT. Allocating them in the .bss section would break DT. So, I gave
dummy initializers to assign them in the .data section.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The SC_* macros represent the address of SysCtrl registers.
For a planned new SoC, its base address will be changed.
Turn the SC_* macros into the offset from the base address.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The SG_* macros represent the address of SoC-glue registers.
For a planned new SoC, its base address will be changed.
Turn the SG_* macros into the offset from the base address.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The planned new SoC does not have SBC (System Bus Controller) block.
Make boot_is_swapped() an optional hook.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If CONFIG_MICRO_SUPPORT_CARD is enabled, U-Boot initialize SBC
(System Bus Controller), which may not be really necessary.
Check the "socionext,uniphier-system-bus" node in DT run-time.
If and only if it is found and its "status" property is okay,
initialize the SBC block.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If CONFIG_MICRO_SUPPORT_CARD is enabled, U-Boot tries to get access
to the devices on the support card, which may not actually exist.
Check the DT and search for the on-board devices run-time. If the
nodes are not found in DT, then disable the code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This file calls readl(), so needs to include <linux/io.h>.
Currently, it relies on someone else including it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Now that 64-bit SoCs of this SoC family no longer support SPL,
this Makefile can be slightly simpler.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The .boot_device_fixup() is only called by SPL.
Now that 64-bit SoCs of this SoC family no longer support SPL,
debug-uart-ld20.c is never compiled.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[ Linux commit aa38571246c6ac279ebebd141157297bcb959d76 ]
The memory regions specified by /memreserve/ are passed to
early_init_dt_reserve_memory_arch() with nomap=false, so it is
not suitable for reserving memory for Trusted Firmware-A etc.
Use the more robust /reserved-memory node with the no-map property
to prevent the kernel from mapping it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
For a planned new SoC in this SoC family, the base address of the
DRAM will be changed from 0x80000000 to 0x20000000.
The PIE support will be useful to maintain multiple similar SoCs
whose DRAM addresses differ.
Now CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE is not important. I just set it to 0
to ensure CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT is working.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
By default, CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET was made invisible by not
giving a prompt to it.
The only way to define it is to hard-code an extra entry in SoC/board
Kconfig, like arch/arm/mach-tegra/tegra{186,210}/Kconfig.
Add a prompt to it in order to allow defconfig files to specify the
value of CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET.
With this, CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET would become always visible.
So, we need a new bool option to turn it off by default.
I move the 'default 524288' to the common place. This value is not too
big, but is big enough to avoid the overwrap of DT in most platforms.
If 512KB is not a suitable choice for your platform, you can change it
from your defconfig or menuconfig etc.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel features and fixes for 2019.10 cycle
This includes the Atmel QSPI driver and support for the at91 boards.
This is the port of the driver from Linux, mostly done by Tudor Ambarus.
The previous pcf2127 RTC chip could not read and set the correct time.
When reading the data of internal registers, the read address was the
value of register plus 1. This is because this chip requires the host
to send a stop signal after setting the register address and before
reading the register data.
This patch sets the register address using dm_i2c_write and reads
the register data using the original dm_i2c_xfer in order to generate
a stop signal after the register address is set, and fixes the bug of
the original read and write time.
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Chuanhua Han <chuanhua.han@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The spi-nor flash resides on spi bus 1. Update the CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS
and CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND accordingly.
Based on original work by Wenyou Yang.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
[tudor.ambarus@microchip.com: amend the commit message.]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Use the qspi memory layout defined in at91-sama5_common - it aligns
with the 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn) available in sama5d27_som1_ek.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Use the same memory layout as we use for the NAND boot on the other boards.
QSPI flashes are present on the following boards:
sama5d2_xplained RevB: 32 Mbyte flash (mx25l3273fm2i-08g)
sama5d2_xplained RevC: 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn)
sama5d27_som1_ek: 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn)
sama5d2_ptc_ek: 8 Mbyte flash (sst26vf064b-104i/sn)
The 8 Mbyte limit is enough to cope with the memory layout used in the NAND
boot. rootfs exceeds the 8 Mbyte limit and will stay in eMMC in the
sama5d2_xplained case. The final scope is to use a single memory layout for
all boot medias.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@microchip.com>
[tudor.ambarus@microchip.com: change memory layout, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Fix the following:
- use "jedec,spi-nor" binding, we use jedec compatible flashes
- set bus width to 4, we use quad capable flashes
- differentiate bewteen data and clk and cs pins
- drop partions as we don't use them in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@microchip.com>
[tudor.ambarus@microchip.com: use "jedec,spi-nor", edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
We have a macronix spi-nor flash on sama5d2_xplained RevB and
a sst spi-nor flash on RevC. Select the rest for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Backport the driver from linux v5.1-rc5 and adapt it for u-boot.
Tested on sama5d2_xplained Rev B with mx25l25635e spi-nor flash.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Prior to starting a new transfer, conditionally wait for bus to not
be busy.
Reinitialise controller as otherwise operation is not stable.
For reference, see linux kernel
commit 9656eeebf3f1 ("i2c: Revert i2c: xiic: Do not reset controller before every transfer")
hs: Fixed DOS line endings
added missing '\n'
Fixed git commit description style
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Comparison should be against the actual message length, not loop index.
len is used for stopping while loop, pos is position in message.
stop should be sent when entire message is sent, not when
len and pos meet.
hs: fixed DOS line endings
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Get clock rate from clock DM if CONFIG_CLK is enabled.
Otherwise, uses IC_CLK define.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Before calling __dw_i2c_set_bus_speed(),
the I2C could already be set as ether enable or disable,
we should restore the original setting instead of enable i2c anyway.
This patch fix a bug happened in init function:
__dw_i2c_init(){
/* Disable i2c */
...
__dw_i2c_set_bus_speed(i2c_base, NULL, speed);
writel(slaveaddr, &i2c_base->ic_sar);
/* Enable i2c */
}
In this case, enable i2c inside __dw_i2c_set_bus_speed() function
will cause ic_sar write fail.
Signed-off-by: Jun Chen <ptchentw@gmail.com>
The motivation is to use the UBI atomic volume rename functionality to
allow double copy software updates on UBI. To that end the SPL is
configured to always load the same volume name (e.g. "u-boot"),
whereas a software updater always installs into the secondary volume
"u-boot_r". After successful installation, these two volume names are
switched.
This extension is protected by #ifdefs as it will somewhat slow down
loading of volumes by id. This is because the code needs to disable
the optimization of ignoring all volume ids which are not
to-be-loaded, since these can only be resolved after attaching.
This adds two vtbl related functions from Linux, which are taken from
the same kernel version as the current main U-Boot UBI code (Linux 4.2
64291f7db5bd8).
Signed-off-by: Hamish Guthrie <hamish.guthrie@kistler.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
Migrate the ubispl configuration for the omap3_igep00x0 and
am335x_igep003x boards to KConfig. Both boards were built with
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=0 and found to be equal before and after.
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
Cc: Javier Martínez Canillas <javier@dowhile0.org>
Cc: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com>
- drop CONFIG_ prefix from kconfig entry
- fix small compilation issue with CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
Enable the extended ENV options for AT91 and OMAP2PLUS in order to be
able to use CONFIG_ENV_UBI_* on these architectures.
As this change also makes the configs ENV_SIZE, ENV_SECT_SIZE,
ENV_OFFSET visible to AT91 and OMAP2PLUS, migrate users of these to
KConfig.
This migration was run using an extended moveconfig.py which evaluates
expressions such as "(512 << 10)". See patch ("moveconfig: expand
simple expressions").
All modified boards were built with SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=0 before and
after the change and successfully confirmed that the identical binary
is generated (the only exception was igep00x0, which does not define
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI in the original board header. Once that is
defined, the test passes too).
hs: rebased patch to:
68b90e57bc: "configs: tinker-rk3288 disable CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT"
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the KConfig option CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND for defining
the name of the UBI volume used to store the redundant environment.
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Kyungmin Park <kmpark@infradead.org>
hs: get rid of stm32mp1* build errors
Add support for expanding simple expressions and sizes such as
"(4 * 1024)", "(512 << 10)" or "(SZ_256K)".
This can help to significantly reduce the number of "suspicious"
moves, such as
'CONFIG_ENV_SIZE="(64 << 10)"' was removed by savedefconfig.
If the expansion fails, it falls back to the original string.
Signed-off-by: Markus Klotzbuecher <markus.klotzbuecher@kistler.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull request for UEFI sub-system for v2019.10-rc1
Fix a possible overflow for GUID partition tables.
For some runtime services we only have implementations valid at boottime.
So we replace them when leaving boottime. Move this from
SetVirtualAddressMap() to ExitBootServices() as SetVirtualAddressMap() is
not called by all operating systems. Adjust the Python tests accordingly.
Bump the supported UEFI specification version to 2.8.
Linux can be called with a command line parameter efi=novamap, cf.
commit 4e46c2a95621 ("efi/arm/arm64: Allow SetVirtualAddressMap() to be
omitted"). In this case SetVirtualAddressMap() is not called after
ExitBootServices().
OpenBSD 32bit does not call SetVirtualAddressMap() either.
Runtime services must be set to an implementation supported at runtime
in ExitBootServices().
Reported-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We are implementing UEFI variable RuntimeServicesSupported and set the
unimplemented runtime functions return EFI_UNSUPPORTED as described in UEFI
specification 2.8. So let's also advertise this specification version in
our system table.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
The runtime services SetVirtualAddress() and ConvertPointer() become
unavailable after SetVirtualAddress(). Other runtime services become
unavailable after ExitBootServices.
Move the update of SetVirtualAddress() and ConvertPointer() to
efi_relocate_runtime_table().
Use functions with the correct signature when detaching.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Provide a unit test for the variable services at runtime.
Currently we expect EFI_UNSUPPORTED to be returned as the runtime
implementation is still missing.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Unimplemented runtime services should always return EFI_UNSUPPORTED as
described in the UEFI 2.8 spec.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Our variable services are only provided at boottime. Therefore when
leaving boottime the variable function are replaced by dummy functions
returning EFI_UNSUPPORTED. Move this patching of the runtime table to the
variable services implementation. Executed it in ExitBootServices().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The detaching of the runtime will have to move to ExitBootServices() to
encompass operating system that do not call SetVirtualAddressMap().
This patch changes the logic for the relocation of the pointers in the
runtime table such that the relocation becomes independent of the entries
in the detach list.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Some entries in the system table are set to NULL in ExitBootServices(). We
had them in the runtime detach list to avoid relocation of NULL. Let's
instead assign the pointers dynamically in efi_initialize_system_table() to
avoid the relocation entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Let's keep similar things together.
Move efi_query_variable_info() to lib/efi_loader/efi_variable.c
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current short description has a typo. Let it stand out clear that we
provide unit tests.
Improve the description of the CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST configuration option.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
In part_get_info_efi() we use the output of print_efiname() to set
info->name[]. The size of info->name is PART_NAME_LEN = 32 but
print_efiname() returns a string with a maximum length of
PARTNAME_SZ + 1 = 37.
Use snprintf() instead of sprintf() to avoid buffer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable unique MAC address generation for boards usins SoCs having
a known functional and valid unique serial number.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add support for generating an unique MAC address using the SoC internal
serial number from the Secure Monitor interface.
The algorithm generates an unicast locally administered 6bytes minus 2bits
address using an crc16 of the serial for the top 16bits with the lower 2 bits
masked to setup the unicast locally administered property and a crc24 for
the lower 24bits.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Secure Monitor interface permits retrieving the SoC Serial Number,
add a function to retrieve it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Unlike the BayLibre repos Khadas' repo defaults to using native gcc,
so specify the CROSS_COMPILE setting matching the prescribed toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The fsl_esdhc driver was for Freescale eSDHC on MPC83XX/MPC85XX
initially. The later QoriQ series PowerPC processors (which were
evolutions of MPC83XX/MPC85XX), QorIQ series ARM processors, and
i.MX series processors were using this driver for their eSDHCs too.
For the two series processors, the eSDHCs are becoming more and
more different. We should have split it into two drivers, like them
(sdhci-of-esdhc.c/sdhci-esdhc-imx.c) in linux kernel.
This patch is just to create a fsl_esdhc_imx driver which is a copy
of fsl_esdhc driver for i.MX processors. We will convert i.MX processors
to use fsl_esdhc_imx, and clean up the two drivers separately in the
future patches.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Steffen Dirkwinkel <s.dirkwinkel@beckhoff.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
* Copyright 2019 Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
*/
/dts-v1/;
#include "ls1021a.dtsi"
/ {
model = "NXP LS1021A-TSN Board";
aliases {
enet0-sgmii-phy = &sgmii_phy2;
enet1-sgmii-phy = &sgmii_phy1;
spi0 = &qspi;
spi1 = &dspi1;
};
};
&enet0 {
tbi-handle = <&tbi0>;
phy-handle = <&sgmii_phy2>;
phy-mode = "sgmii";
status = "okay";
};
&enet1 {
tbi-handle = <&tbi1>;
phy-handle = <&sgmii_phy1>;
phy-mode = "sgmii";
status = "okay";
};
&i2c0 {
status = "okay";
};
&mdio0 {
/* AR8031 */
sgmii_phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
reg = <0x1>;
};
/* AR8031 */
sgmii_phy2: ethernet-phy@2 {
reg = <0x2>;
};
/* SGMII PCS for enet0 */
tbi0: tbi-phy@1f {
reg = <0x1f>;
device_type = "tbi-phy";
};
};
&mdio1 {
/* SGMII PCS for enet1 */
tbi1: tbi-phy@1f {
reg = <0x1f>;
device_type = "tbi-phy";
};
};
&qspi {
bus-num = <0>;
status = "okay";
flash@0 {
compatible = "spi-flash";
spi-max-frequency = <20000000>;
reg = <0>;
};
};
&uart0 {
status = "okay";
};
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
